libpng.3 266.6 KB
Newer Older
1
.TH LIBPNG 3 "August 3, 2017"
2
.SH NAME
3
libpng \- Portable Network Graphics (PNG) Reference Library 1.6.32beta08
4
.SH SYNOPSIS
5 6
\fB
#include <png.h>\fP
7

8 9
\fBpng_uint_32 png_access_version_number \fI(void\fP\fB);\fP

10 11
\fBvoid png_benign_error (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fIerror\fP\fB);\fP

12 13 14 15
\fBvoid png_build_grayscale_palette (int \fP\fIbit_depth\fP\fB, png_colorp \fIpalette\fP\fB);\fP

\fBpng_voidp png_calloc (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP

16 17
\fBvoid png_chunk_benign_error (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fIerror\fP\fB);\fP

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
\fBvoid png_chunk_error (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fIerror\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_chunk_warning (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fImessage\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_convert_from_struct_tm (png_timep \fP\fIptime\fP\fB, struct tm FAR * \fIttime\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_convert_from_time_t (png_timep \fP\fIptime\fP\fB, time_t \fIttime\fP\fB);\fP

\fBpng_charp png_convert_to_rfc1123 (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_timep \fIptime\fP\fB);\fP

\fBpng_infop png_create_info_struct (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

30
\fBpng_structp png_create_read_struct (png_const_charp \fP\fIuser_png_ver\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fIwarn_fn\fP\fB);\fP
31

32
\fBpng_structp png_create_read_struct_2 (png_const_charp \fP\fIuser_png_ver\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIwarn_fn\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fImem_ptr\fP\fB, png_malloc_ptr \fP\fImalloc_fn\fP\fB, png_free_ptr \fIfree_fn\fP\fB);\fP
33

34
\fBpng_structp png_create_write_struct (png_const_charp \fP\fIuser_png_ver\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fIwarn_fn\fP\fB);\fP
35

36 37 38
\fBpng_structp png_create_write_struct_2 (png_const_charp \fP\fIuser_png_ver\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIwarn_fn\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fImem_ptr\fP\fB, png_malloc_ptr \fP\fImalloc_fn\fP\fB, png_free_ptr \fIfree_fn\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_data_freer (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfreer\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fImask)\fP\fB);\fP
39 40 41 42 43 44 45

\fBvoid png_destroy_info_struct (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infopp \fIinfo_ptr_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_destroy_read_struct (png_structpp \fP\fIpng_ptr_ptr\fP\fB, png_infopp \fP\fIinfo_ptr_ptr\fP\fB, png_infopp \fIend_info_ptr_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_destroy_write_struct (png_structpp \fP\fIpng_ptr_ptr\fP\fB, png_infopp \fIinfo_ptr_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

46 47
\fBvoid png_err (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

48 49 50 51
\fBvoid png_error (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fIerror\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_free (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fIptr\fP\fB);\fP

52 53
\fBvoid png_free_chunk_list (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

54
\fBvoid png_free_default (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fIptr\fP\fB);\fP
55

56
\fBvoid png_free_data (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInum\fP\fB);\fP
57

58
\fBpng_byte png_get_bit_depth (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
59

60
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_bKGD (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fI*background\fP\fB);\fP
61

62
\fBpng_byte png_get_channels (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
63

64
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_cHRM (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*white_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*white_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*blue_x\fP\fB, double \fI*blue_y\fP\fB);\fP
65

66
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_cHRM_fixed (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*white_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*white_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*red_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*red_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*green_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*green_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*blue_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fI*blue_y\fP\fB);\fP
67

68
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_cHRM_XYZ (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_Y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_Z\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_Y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_Z\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*blue_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*blue_Y\fP\fB, double \fI*blue_Z\fP\fB);\fP
69

70 71 72 73
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_cHRM_XYZ_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_red_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_red_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_red_Z\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_green_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_green_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_green_Z\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_blue_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_blue_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fI*int_blue_Z\fP\fB);\fP

\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_chunk_cache_max (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

74
\fBpng_alloc_size_t png_get_chunk_malloc_max (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
75

76
\fBpng_byte png_get_color_type (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
77

78
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_compression_buffer_size (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
79

80
\fBpng_byte png_get_compression_type (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
81

82
\fBpng_byte png_get_copyright (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
83

84 85 86 87
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_current_row_number \fI(png_const_structp\fP\fB);\fP

\fBpng_byte png_get_current_pass_number \fI(png_const_structp\fP\fB);\fP

88
\fBpng_voidp png_get_error_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
89

90
\fBpng_byte png_get_filter_type (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
91

92
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_gAMA (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fI*file_gamma\fP\fB);\fP
93

94
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_gAMA_fixed (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fI*int_file_gamma\fP\fB);\fP
95

96
\fBpng_byte png_get_header_ver (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
97

98
\fBpng_byte png_get_header_version (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
99

100 101
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_eXIf (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fI*exif\fP\fB);\fP

102
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_hIST (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_16p \fI*hist\fP\fB);\fP
103

104
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_iCCP (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_charpp \fP\fIname\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*compression_type\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fP\fIprofile\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fI*proflen\fP\fB);\fP
105

106 107
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_IHDR (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*width\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*height\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*bit_depth\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*color_type\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*interlace_type\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*compression_type\fP\fB, int \fI*filter_type\fP\fB);\fP

108
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_image_height (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
109

110
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_image_width (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
111

112 113
\fBpng_int_32 png_get_int_32 (png_bytep \fIbuf\fP\fB);\fP

114
\fBpng_byte png_get_interlace_type (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
115

116
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_io_chunk_type (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
117

118
\fBpng_voidp png_get_io_ptr (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
119

120
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_io_state (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
121

122
\fBpng_byte png_get_libpng_ver (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
123

124 125
\fBint png_get_palette_max(png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

126
\fBpng_voidp png_get_mem_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
127

128
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_oFFs (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*offset_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*offset_y\fP\fB, int \fI*unit_type\fP\fB);\fP
129

130
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pCAL (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fI*purpose\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fI*X0\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fI*X1\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*type\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*nparams\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fI*units\fP\fB, png_charpp \fI*params\fP\fB);\fP
131

132
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pHYs (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*res_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*res_y\fP\fB, int \fI*unit_type\fP\fB);\fP
133

134
\fBfloat png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
135

136
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pHYs_dpi (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*res_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*res_y\fP\fB, int \fI*unit_type\fP\fB);\fP
137

138
\fBpng_fixed_point png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio_fixed (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
139

140
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pixels_per_inch (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
141

142
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pixels_per_meter (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
143

144
\fBpng_voidp png_get_progressive_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
145

146
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_PLTE (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_colorp \fP\fI*palette\fP\fB, int \fI*num_palette\fP\fB);\fP
147

148
\fBpng_byte png_get_rgb_to_gray_status (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
149 150 151

\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_rowbytes (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

152
\fBpng_bytepp png_get_rows (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
153

154
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_sBIT (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_8p \fI*sig_bit\fP\fB);\fP
155

156
\fBvoid png_get_sCAL (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int* \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, double* \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, double* \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP
157

158
\fBvoid png_get_sCAL_fixed (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int* \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, png_fixed_pointp \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_fixed_pointp \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP
159

160
\fBvoid png_get_sCAL_s (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int* \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, png_charpp \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_charpp \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP
161

162
\fBpng_bytep png_get_signature (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
163

164
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_sPLT (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_spalette_p \fI*splt_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
165

166
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_sRGB (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fI*file_srgb_intent\fP\fB);\fP
167

168
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_text (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_textp \fP\fI*text_ptr\fP\fB, int \fI*num_text\fP\fB);\fP
169

170
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_tIME (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_timep \fI*mod_time\fP\fB);\fP
171

172
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_tRNS (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fI*trans_alpha\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*num_trans\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fI*trans_color\fP\fB);\fP
173

174
\fB/* This function is really an inline macro. \fI*/
175

176 177
\fBpng_uint_16 png_get_uint_16 (png_bytep \fIbuf\fP\fB);\fP

178
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_uint_31 (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIbuf\fP\fB);\fP
179

180
\fB/* This function is really an inline macro. \fI*/
181

182 183
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_uint_32 (png_bytep \fIbuf\fP\fB);\fP

184
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_unknown_chunks (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_unknown_chunkpp \fIunknowns\fP\fB);\fP
185

186
\fBpng_voidp png_get_user_chunk_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
187

188
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_user_height_max (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
189

190
\fBpng_voidp png_get_user_transform_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
191

192
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_user_width_max (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
193

194
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_valid (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIflag\fP\fB);\fP
195

196
\fBfloat png_get_x_offset_inches (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
197

198
\fBpng_fixed_point png_get_x_offset_inches_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
199

200
\fBpng_int_32 png_get_x_offset_microns (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
201

202
\fBpng_int_32 png_get_x_offset_pixels (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
203

204
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_x_pixels_per_inch (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
205

206
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_x_pixels_per_meter (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
207

208
\fBfloat png_get_y_offset_inches (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
209

210
\fBpng_fixed_point png_get_y_offset_inches_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
211

212
\fBpng_int_32 png_get_y_offset_microns (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
213

214
\fBpng_int_32 png_get_y_offset_pixels (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
215

216
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_y_pixels_per_inch (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
217

218
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_y_pixels_per_meter (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
219

220 221
\fBint png_handle_as_unknown (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIchunk_name\fP\fB);\fP

222 223 224 225 226 227
\fBint png_image_begin_read_from_file (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, const char \fI*file_name\fP\fB);\fP

\fBint png_image_begin_read_from_stdio (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, FILE* \fIfile\fP\fB);\fP

\fBint, png_image_begin_read_from_memory (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, png_const_voidp \fP\fImemory\fP\fB, png_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP

228
\fBint png_image_finish_read (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, png_colorp \fP\fIbackground\fP\fB, void \fP\fI*buffer\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIrow_stride\fP\fB, void \fI*colormap\fP\fB);\fP
229 230 231

\fBvoid png_image_free (png_imagep \fIimage\fP\fB);\fP

232
\fBint png_image_write_to_file (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, const char \fP\fI*file\fP\fB, int \fP\fIconvert_to_8bit\fP\fB, const void \fP\fI*buffer\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIrow_stride\fP\fB, void \fI*colormap\fP\fB);\fP
233

234 235
\fBint png_image_write_to_memory (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, void \fP\fI*memory\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t * PNG_RESTRICT \fP\fImemory_bytes\fP\fB, int \fP\fIconvert_to_8_bit\fP\fB, const void \fP\fI*buffer\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIrow_stride\fP\fB, const void \fI*colormap)\fP\fB);\fP

236
\fBint png_image_write_to_stdio (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, FILE \fP\fI*file\fP\fB, int \fP\fIconvert_to_8_bit\fP\fB, const void \fP\fI*buffer\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIrow_stride\fP\fB, void \fI*colormap)\fP\fB);\fP
237

238 239
\fBvoid png_info_init_3 (png_infopp \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_size_t \fIpng_info_struct_size\fP\fB);\fP

240
\fBvoid png_init_io (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, FILE \fI*fp\fP\fB);\fP
241

242 243
\fBvoid png_longjmp (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIval\fP\fB);\fP

244
\fBpng_voidp png_malloc (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP
245

246 247 248 249 250
\fBpng_voidp png_malloc_default (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP

\fBpng_voidp png_malloc_warn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP

\fBpng_uint_32 png_permit_mng_features (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fImng_features_permitted\fP\fB);\fP
251

252
\fBvoid png_process_data (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIbuffer\fP\fB, png_size_t \fIbuffer_size\fP\fB);\fP
253

254 255 256 257
\fBpng_size_t png_process_data_pause \fP\fI(png_structp\fP\fB, int \fIsave\fP\fB);\fP

\fBpng_uint_32 png_process_data_skip \fI(png_structp\fP\fB);\fP

258
\fBvoid png_progressive_combine_row (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIold_row\fP\fB, png_bytep \fInew_row\fP\fB);\fP
259

260
\fBvoid png_read_end (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
261

262
\fBvoid png_read_image (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fIimage\fP\fB);\fP
263

264
\fBvoid png_read_info (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
265

266
\fBvoid png_read_png (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fItransforms\fP\fB, png_voidp \fIparams\fP\fB);\fP
267

268
\fBvoid png_read_row (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIrow\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIdisplay_row\fP\fB);\fP
269

270
\fBvoid png_read_rows (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fP\fIrow\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fP\fIdisplay_row\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fInum_rows\fP\fB);\fP
271

272
\fBvoid png_read_update_info (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
273

274 275 276
\fBint png_reset_zstream (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_save_int_32 (png_bytep \fP\fIbuf\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fIi\fP\fB);\fP
277

278 279 280 281
\fBvoid png_save_uint_16 (png_bytep \fP\fIbuf\fP\fB, unsigned int \fIi\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_save_uint_32 (png_bytep \fP\fIbuf\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIi\fP\fB);\fP

282 283 284 285 286 287
\fBvoid png_set_add_alpha (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIfiller\fP\fB, int \fIflags\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_alpha_mode (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fImode\fP\fB, double \fIoutput_gamma\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_alpha_mode_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fImode\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fIoutput_gamma\fP\fB);\fP

288
\fBvoid png_set_background (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fP\fIbackground_color\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbackground_gamma_code\fP\fB, int \fP\fIneed_expand\fP\fB, double \fIbackground_gamma\fP\fB);\fP
289

290 291
\fBvoid png_set_background_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fP\fIbackground_color\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbackground_gamma_code\fP\fB, int \fP\fIneed_expand\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIbackground_gamma\fP\fB);\fP

292 293
\fBvoid png_set_benign_errors (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIallowed\fP\fB);\fP

294
\fBvoid png_set_bgr (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
295

296
\fBvoid png_set_bKGD (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fIbackground\fP\fB);\fP
297

298
\fBvoid png_set_check_for_invalid_index(png_structrp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIallowed\fP\fB);\fP
299

300
\fBvoid png_set_cHRM (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fIwhite_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fIwhite_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIgreen_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fIgreen_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIblue_x\fP\fB, double \fIblue_y\fP\fB);\fP
301

302 303
\fBvoid png_set_cHRM_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIwhite_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIwhite_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIred_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIred_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIgreen_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIgreen_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIblue_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIblue_y\fP\fB);\fP

304
\fBvoid png_set_cHRM_XYZ (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_Y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_Z\fP\fB, double \fP\fIgreen_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fIgreen_Y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIgreen_Z\fP\fB, double \fP\fIblue_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fIblue_Y\fP\fB, double \fIblue_Z\fP\fB);\fP
305 306 307

\fBvoid png_set_cHRM_XYZ_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_red_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_red_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_red_Z\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_green_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_green_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_green_Z\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_blue_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_blue_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fIint_blue_Z\fP\fB);\fP

308 309
\fBvoid png_set_chunk_cache_max (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIuser_chunk_cache_max\fP\fB);\fP

310
\fBvoid png_set_compression_level (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIlevel\fP\fB);\fP
311

312
\fBvoid png_set_compression_mem_level (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImem_level\fP\fB);\fP
313

314
\fBvoid png_set_compression_method (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImethod\fP\fB);\fP
315

316
\fBvoid png_set_compression_strategy (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIstrategy\fP\fB);\fP
317

318
\fBvoid png_set_compression_window_bits (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIwindow_bits\fP\fB);\fP
319

320
\fBvoid png_set_crc_action (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcrit_action\fP\fB, int \fIancil_action\fP\fB);\fP
321

322
\fBvoid png_set_error_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fIwarning_fn\fP\fB);\fP
323

324
\fBvoid png_set_expand (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
325

326
\fBvoid png_set_expand_16 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
327

328
\fBvoid png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
329

330
\fBvoid png_set_filler (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIfiller\fP\fB, int \fIflags\fP\fB);\fP
331

332
\fBvoid png_set_filter (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fImethod\fP\fB, int \fIfilters\fP\fB);\fP
333

334
\fBvoid png_set_filter_heuristics (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIheuristic_method\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum_weights\fP\fB, png_doublep \fP\fIfilter_weights\fP\fB, png_doublep \fIfilter_costs\fP\fB);\fP
335

336 337
\fBvoid png_set_filter_heuristics_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIheuristic_method\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum_weights\fP\fB, png_fixed_point_p \fP\fIfilter_weights\fP\fB, png_fixed_point_p \fIfilter_costs\fP\fB);\fP

338
\fBvoid png_set_flush (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInrows\fP\fB);\fP
339

340
\fBvoid png_set_gamma (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fIscreen_gamma\fP\fB, double \fIdefault_file_gamma\fP\fB);\fP
341

342 343 344 345
\fBvoid png_set_gamma_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIscreen_gamma\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIdefault_file_gamma\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_gAMA (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fIfile_gamma\fP\fB);\fP

346 347
\fBvoid png_set_gAMA_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIfile_gamma\fP\fB);\fP

348
\fBvoid png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
349

350
\fBvoid png_set_gray_to_rgb (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
351

352 353
\fBvoid png_set_eXIf (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIexif\fP\fB);\fP

354
\fBvoid png_set_hIST (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_16p \fIhist\fP\fB);\fP
355

356
\fBvoid png_set_iCCP (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fP\fIname\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcompression_type\fP\fB, png_const_bytep \fP\fIprofile\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIproflen\fP\fB);\fP
357

358
\fBint png_set_interlace_handling (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
359

360 361
\fBvoid png_set_invalid (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImask\fP\fB);\fP

362
\fBvoid png_set_invert_alpha (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
363

364
\fBvoid png_set_invert_mono (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
365

366
\fBvoid png_set_IHDR (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIheight\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbit_depth\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcolor_type\fP\fB, int \fP\fIinterlace_type\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcompression_type\fP\fB, int \fIfilter_type\fP\fB);\fP
367

368
\fBvoid png_set_keep_unknown_chunks (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIkeep\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIchunk_list\fP\fB, int \fInum_chunks\fP\fB);\fP
369

370 371
\fBjmp_buf* png_set_longjmp_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_longjmp_ptr \fP\fIlongjmp_fn\fP\fB, size_t \fIjmp_buf_size\fP\fB);\fP

372 373
\fBvoid png_set_chunk_malloc_max (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIuser_chunk_cache_max\fP\fB);\fP

374 375 376
\fBvoid png_set_compression_buffer_size (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_mem_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fImem_ptr\fP\fB, png_malloc_ptr \fP\fImalloc_fn\fP\fB, png_free_ptr \fIfree_fn\fP\fB);\fP
377

378
\fBvoid png_set_oFFs (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIoffset_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIoffset_y\fP\fB, int \fIunit_type\fP\fB);\fP
379

380 381
\fBint png_set_option(png_structrp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIoption\fP\fB, int \fIonoff\fP\fB);\fP

382
\fBvoid png_set_packing (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
383

384
\fBvoid png_set_packswap (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
385

386
\fBvoid png_set_palette_to_rgb (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
387

388
\fBvoid png_set_pCAL (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fIpurpose\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIX0\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIX1\fP\fB, int \fP\fItype\fP\fB, int \fP\fInparams\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fIunits\fP\fB, png_charpp \fIparams\fP\fB);\fP
389

390
\fBvoid png_set_pHYs (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIres_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIres_y\fP\fB, int \fIunit_type\fP\fB);\fP
391

392
\fBvoid png_set_progressive_read_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIprogressive_ptr\fP\fB, png_progressive_info_ptr \fP\fIinfo_fn\fP\fB, png_progressive_row_ptr \fP\fIrow_fn\fP\fB, png_progressive_end_ptr \fIend_fn\fP\fB);\fP
393

394
\fBvoid png_set_PLTE (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_colorp \fP\fIpalette\fP\fB, int \fInum_palette\fP\fB);\fP
395

396 397
\fBvoid png_set_quantize (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_colorp \fP\fIpalette\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum_palette\fP\fB, int \fP\fImaximum_colors\fP\fB, png_uint_16p \fP\fIhistogram\fP\fB, int \fIfull_quantize\fP\fB);\fP

398
\fBvoid png_set_read_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIio_ptr\fP\fB, png_rw_ptr \fIread_data_fn\fP\fB);\fP
399

400
\fBvoid png_set_read_status_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_read_status_ptr \fIread_row_fn\fP\fB);\fP
401

402 403
\fBvoid png_set_read_user_chunk_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIuser_chunk_ptr\fP\fB, png_user_chunk_ptr \fIread_user_chunk_fn\fP\fB);\fP

404
\fBvoid png_set_read_user_transform_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_user_transform_ptr \fIread_user_transform_fn\fP\fB);\fP
405

406 407
\fBvoid png_set_rgb_to_gray (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIerror_action\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred\fP\fB, double \fIgreen\fP\fB);\fP

408
\fBvoid png_set_rgb_to_gray_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int error_action png_uint_32 \fP\fIred\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIgreen\fP\fB);\fP
409

410 411
\fBvoid png_set_rows (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fIrow_pointers\fP\fB);\fP

412 413
\fBvoid png_set_sBIT (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_8p \fIsig_bit\fP\fB);\fP

414 415 416 417
\fBvoid png_set_sCAL (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, double \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, double \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_sCAL_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP

418 419 420 421
\fBvoid png_set_sCAL_s (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_charp \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_scale_16 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

422 423 424 425
\fBvoid png_set_shift (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_8p \fItrue_bits\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_sig_bytes (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInum_bytes\fP\fB);\fP

426
\fBvoid png_set_sPLT (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_spalette_p \fP\fIsplt_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInum_spalettes\fP\fB);\fP
427

428
\fBvoid png_set_sRGB (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIsrgb_intent\fP\fB);\fP
429

430
\fBvoid png_set_sRGB_gAMA_and_cHRM (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIsrgb_intent\fP\fB);\fP
431 432 433 434 435

\fBvoid png_set_strip_16 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_strip_alpha (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

436 437
\fBvoid png_set_strip_error_numbers (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIstrip_mode\fP\fB);\fP

438 439 440 441 442 443
\fBvoid png_set_swap (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_swap_alpha (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_text (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_textp \fP\fItext_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInum_text\fP\fB);\fP

444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453
\fBvoid png_set_text_compression_level (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIlevel\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_text_compression_mem_level (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImem_level\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_text_compression_strategy (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIstrategy\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_text_compression_window_bits (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIwindow_bits\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid \fP\fIpng_set_text_compression_method\fP\fB, (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImethod)\fP\fB);\fP

454 455
\fBvoid png_set_tIME (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_timep \fImod_time\fP\fB);\fP

456
\fBvoid png_set_tRNS (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fItrans_alpha\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum_trans\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fItrans_color\fP\fB);\fP
457

458
\fBvoid png_set_tRNS_to_alpha (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
459

460 461
\fBpng_uint_32 png_set_unknown_chunks (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_unknown_chunkp \fP\fIunknowns\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum\fP\fB, int \fIlocation\fP\fB);\fP

462
\fBvoid png_set_unknown_chunk_location (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIchunk\fP\fB, int \fIlocation\fP\fB);\fP
463

464 465
\fBvoid png_set_user_limits (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIuser_width_max\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIuser_height_max\fP\fB);\fP

466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495
\fBvoid png_set_user_transform_info (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIuser_transform_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIuser_transform_depth\fP\fB, int \fIuser_transform_channels\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_write_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIio_ptr\fP\fB, png_rw_ptr \fP\fIwrite_data_fn\fP\fB, png_flush_ptr \fIoutput_flush_fn\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_write_status_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_write_status_ptr \fIwrite_row_fn\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_write_user_transform_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_user_transform_ptr \fIwrite_user_transform_fn\fP\fB);\fP

\fBint png_sig_cmp (png_bytep \fP\fIsig\fP\fB, png_size_t \fP\fIstart\fP\fB, png_size_t \fInum_to_check\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_start_read_image (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_warning (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fImessage\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_chunk (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIchunk_name\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIdata\fP\fB, png_size_t \fIlength\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_chunk_data (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIdata\fP\fB, png_size_t \fIlength\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_chunk_end (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_chunk_start (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIchunk_name\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIlength\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_end (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_flush (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_image (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fIimage\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_info (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

496 497
\fBvoid png_write_info_before_PLTE (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

498
\fBvoid png_write_png (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fItransforms\fP\fB, png_voidp \fIparams\fP\fB);\fP
499

500 501 502 503
\fBvoid png_write_row (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIrow\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_rows (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fP\fIrow\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fInum_rows\fP\fB);\fP

504 505
\fBvoid png_write_sig (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

506 507 508 509 510 511 512
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.I libpng
library supports encoding, decoding, and various manipulations of
the Portable Network Graphics (PNG) format image files.  It uses the
.IR zlib(3)
compression library.
513
Following is a copy of the libpng-manual.txt file that accompanies libpng.
514
.SH LIBPNG.TXT
515
libpng-manual.txt - A description on how to use and modify libpng
516

517
 libpng version 1.6.32beta08 - August 3, 2017
518
 Updated and distributed by Glenn Randers-Pehrson
519
 <glennrp at users.sourceforge.net>
520
 Copyright (c) 1998-2017 Glenn Randers-Pehrson
521

522
 This document is released under the libpng license.
523
 For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer
524
 and license in png.h
525

526 527
 Based on:

528
 libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.6.32beta08 - August 3, 2017
529
 Updated and distributed by Glenn Randers-Pehrson
530
 Copyright (c) 1998-2017 Glenn Randers-Pehrson
531

532
 libpng 1.0 beta 6 - version 0.96 - May 28, 1997
533
 Updated and distributed by Andreas Dilger
534 535
 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger

536
 libpng 1.0 beta 2 - version 0.88 - January 26, 1996
537 538
 For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright
 notice in png.h. Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric
539
 Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.
540 541

 Updated/rewritten per request in the libpng FAQ
542 543
 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Frank J. T. Wojcik
 December 18, 1995 & January 20, 1996
544

545 546 547 548 549 550
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

    I. Introduction
   II. Structures
  III. Reading
   IV. Writing
551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562
    V. Simplified API
   VI. Modifying/Customizing libpng
  VII. MNG support
 VIII. Changes to Libpng from version 0.88
   IX. Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x to 1.2.x
    X. Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x/1.2.x to 1.4.x
   XI. Changes to Libpng from version 1.4.x to 1.5.x
  XII. Changes to Libpng from version 1.5.x to 1.6.x
 XIII. Detecting libpng
  XIV. Source code repository
   XV. Coding style
  XVI. Y2K Compliance in libpng
563

564 565 566
.SH I. Introduction

This file describes how to use and modify the PNG reference library
567
(known as libpng) for your own use.  In addition to this
568 569
file, example.c is a good starting point for using the library, as
it is heavily commented and should include everything most people
570
will need.  We assume that libpng is already installed; see the
571
INSTALL file for instructions on how to configure and install libpng.
572

573
For examples of libpng usage, see the files "example.c", "pngtest.c",
574 575
and the files in the "contrib" directory, all of which are included in
the libpng distribution.
576

577 578
Libpng was written as a companion to the PNG specification, as a way
of reducing the amount of time and effort it takes to support the PNG
579 580
file format in application programs.

581
The PNG specification (second edition), November 2003, is available as
582
a W3C Recommendation and as an ISO Standard (ISO/IEC 15948:2004 (E)) at
583
<https://www.w3.org/TR/2003/REC-PNG-20031110/
584 585 586
The W3C and ISO documents have identical technical content.

The PNG-1.2 specification is available at
587
<https://png-mng.sourceforge.io/pub/png/spec/1.2/>.
588
It is technically equivalent
589
to the PNG specification (second edition) but has some additional material.
590

591 592 593
The PNG-1.0 specification is available as RFC 2083
<https://png-mng.sourceforge.io/pub/png/spec/1.0/> and as a
W3C Recommendation <https://www.w3.org/TR/REC-png-961001>.
594 595

Some additional chunks are described in the special-purpose public chunks
596
documents at <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/spec/register/>
597 598

Other information
599
about PNG, and the latest version of libpng, can be found at the PNG home
600
page, <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/>.
601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616

Most users will not have to modify the library significantly; advanced
users may want to modify it more.  All attempts were made to make it as
complete as possible, while keeping the code easy to understand.
Currently, this library only supports C.  Support for other languages
is being considered.

Libpng has been designed to handle multiple sessions at one time,
to be easily modifiable, to be portable to the vast majority of
machines (ANSI, K&R, 16-, 32-, and 64-bit) available, and to be easy
to use.  The ultimate goal of libpng is to promote the acceptance of
the PNG file format in whatever way possible.  While there is still
work to be done (see the TODO file), libpng should cover the
majority of the needs of its users.

Libpng uses zlib for its compression and decompression of PNG files.
617
Further information about zlib, and the latest version of zlib, can
V
Viktor Szakats 已提交
618
be found at the zlib home page, <https://zlib.net/>.
619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628
The zlib compression utility is a general purpose utility that is
useful for more than PNG files, and can be used without libpng.
See the documentation delivered with zlib for more details.
You can usually find the source files for the zlib utility wherever you
find the libpng source files.

Libpng is thread safe, provided the threads are using different
instances of the structures.  Each thread should have its own
png_struct and png_info instances, and thus its own image.
Libpng does not protect itself against two threads using the
629
same instance of a structure.
630 631 632 633

.SH II. Structures

There are two main structures that are important to libpng, png_struct
634 635
and png_info.  Both are internal structures that are no longer exposed
in the libpng interface (as of libpng 1.5.0).
636 637 638 639 640

The png_info structure is designed to provide information about the
PNG file.  At one time, the fields of png_info were intended to be
directly accessible to the user.  However, this tended to cause problems
with applications using dynamically loaded libraries, and as a result
641
a set of interface functions for png_info (the png_get_*() and png_set_*()
642 643
functions) was developed, and direct access to the png_info fields was
deprecated..
644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651

The png_struct structure is the object used by the library to decode a
single image.  As of 1.5.0 this structure is also not exposed.

Almost all libpng APIs require a pointer to a png_struct as the first argument.
Many (in particular the png_set and png_get APIs) also require a pointer
to png_info as the second argument.  Some application visible macros
defined in png.h designed for basic data access (reading and writing
652 653 654 655 656 657 658
integers in the PNG format) don't take a png_info pointer, but it's almost
always safe to assume that a (png_struct*) has to be passed to call an API
function.

You can have more than one png_info structure associated with an image,
as illustrated in pngtest.c, one for information valid prior to the
IDAT chunks and another (called "end_info" below) for things after them.
659 660 661 662 663 664

The png.h header file is an invaluable reference for programming with libpng.
And while I'm on the topic, make sure you include the libpng header file:

#include <png.h>

665 666 667 668
and also (as of libpng-1.5.0) the zlib header file, if you need it:

#include <zlib.h>

669 670 671 672 673 674 675
.SS Types

The png.h header file defines a number of integral types used by the
APIs.  Most of these are fairly obvious; for example types corresponding
to integers of particular sizes and types for passing color values.

One exception is how non-integral numbers are handled.  For application
676 677
convenience most APIs that take such numbers have C (double) arguments;
however, internally PNG, and libpng, use 32 bit signed integers and encode
678 679 680 681
the value by multiplying by 100,000.  As of libpng 1.5.0 a convenience
macro PNG_FP_1 is defined in png.h along with a type (png_fixed_point)
which is simply (png_int_32).

682
All APIs that take (double) arguments also have a matching API that
683
takes the corresponding fixed point integer arguments.  The fixed point
684
API has the same name as the floating point one with "_fixed" appended.
685
The actual range of values permitted in the APIs is frequently less than
686
the full range of (png_fixed_point) (\-21474 to +21474).  When APIs require
687 688 689
a non-negative argument the type is recorded as png_uint_32 above.  Consult
the header file and the text below for more information.

690 691 692 693
Special care must be take with sCAL chunk handling because the chunk itself
uses non-integral values encoded as strings containing decimal floating point
numbers.  See the comments in the header file.

694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701
.SS Configuration

The main header file function declarations are frequently protected by C
preprocessing directives of the form:

    #ifdef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED
    declare-function
    #endif
702 703 704 705
    ...
    #ifdef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED
    use-function
    #endif
706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713

The library can be built without support for these APIs, although a
standard build will have all implemented APIs.  Application programs
should check the feature macros before using an API for maximum
portability.  From libpng 1.5.0 the feature macros set during the build
of libpng are recorded in the header file "pnglibconf.h" and this file
is always included by png.h.

714
If you don't need to change the library configuration from the default, skip to
715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726
the next section ("Reading").

Notice that some of the makefiles in the 'scripts' directory and (in 1.5.0) all
of the build project files in the 'projects' directory simply copy
scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt to pnglibconf.h.  This means that these build
systems do not permit easy auto-configuration of the library - they only
support the default configuration.

The easiest way to make minor changes to the libpng configuration when
auto-configuration is supported is to add definitions to the command line
using (typically) CPPFLAGS.  For example:

727
CPPFLAGS=\-DPNG_NO_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC
728 729 730 731 732 733 734

will change the internal libpng math implementation for gamma correction and
other arithmetic calculations to fixed point, avoiding the need for fast
floating point support.  The result can be seen in the generated pnglibconf.h -
make sure it contains the changed feature macro setting.

If you need to make more extensive configuration changes - more than one or two
735
feature macro settings - you can either add \-DPNG_USER_CONFIG to the build
736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745
command line and put a list of feature macro settings in pngusr.h or you can set
DFA_XTRA (a makefile variable) to a file containing the same information in the
form of 'option' settings.

A. Changing pnglibconf.h

A variety of methods exist to build libpng.  Not all of these support
reconfiguration of pnglibconf.h.  To reconfigure pnglibconf.h it must either be
rebuilt from scripts/pnglibconf.dfa using awk or it must be edited by hand.

746 747 748 749 750
Hand editing is achieved by copying scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt to
pnglibconf.h and changing the lines defining the supported features, paying
very close attention to the 'option' information in scripts/pnglibconf.dfa
that describes those features and their requirements.  This is easy to get
wrong.
751 752 753 754 755 756

B. Configuration using DFA_XTRA

Rebuilding from pnglibconf.dfa is easy if a functioning 'awk', or a later
variant such as 'nawk' or 'gawk', is available.  The configure build will
automatically find an appropriate awk and build pnglibconf.h.
757 758 759
The scripts/pnglibconf.mak file contains a set of make rules for doing the
same thing if configure is not used, and many of the makefiles in the scripts
directory use this approach.
760

761
When rebuilding simply write a new file containing changed options and set
762
DFA_XTRA to the name of this file.  This causes the build to append the new file
763 764
to the end of scripts/pnglibconf.dfa.  The pngusr.dfa file should contain lines
of the following forms:
765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787

everything = off

This turns all optional features off.  Include it at the start of pngusr.dfa to
make it easier to build a minimal configuration.  You will need to turn at least
some features on afterward to enable either reading or writing code, or both.

option feature on
option feature off

Enable or disable a single feature.  This will automatically enable other
features required by a feature that is turned on or disable other features that
require a feature which is turned off.  Conflicting settings will cause an error
message to be emitted by awk.

setting feature default value

Changes the default value of setting 'feature' to 'value'.  There are a small
number of settings listed at the top of pnglibconf.h, they are documented in the
source code.  Most of these values have performance implications for the library
but most of them have no visible effect on the API.  Some can also be overridden
from the API.

788 789 790 791
This method of building a customized pnglibconf.h is illustrated in
contrib/pngminim/*.  See the "$(PNGCONF):" target in the makefile and
pngusr.dfa in these directories.

792
C. Configuration using PNG_USER_CONFIG
793

794 795
If \-DPNG_USER_CONFIG is added to the CPPFLAGS when pnglibconf.h is built,
the file pngusr.h will automatically be included before the options in
796 797
scripts/pnglibconf.dfa are processed.  Your pngusr.h file should contain only
macro definitions turning features on or off or setting settings.
798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827

Apart from the global setting "everything = off" all the options listed above
can be set using macros in pngusr.h:

#define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED

is equivalent to:

option feature on

#define PNG_NO_feature

is equivalent to:

option feature off

#define PNG_feature value

is equivalent to:

setting feature default value

Notice that in both cases, pngusr.dfa and pngusr.h, the contents of the
pngusr file you supply override the contents of scripts/pnglibconf.dfa

If confusing or incomprehensible behavior results it is possible to
examine the intermediate file pnglibconf.dfn to find the full set of
dependency information for each setting and option.  Simply locate the
feature in the file and read the C comments that precede it.

828 829 830
This method is also illustrated in the contrib/pngminim/* makefiles and
pngusr.h.

831 832 833
.SH III. Reading

We'll now walk you through the possible functions to call when reading
834 835 836 837 838 839 840
in a PNG file sequentially, briefly explaining the syntax and purpose
of each one.  See example.c and png.h for more detail.  While
progressive reading is covered in the next section, you will still
need some of the functions discussed in this section to read a PNG
file.

.SS Setup
841 842 843 844 845

You will want to do the I/O initialization(*) before you get into libpng,
so if it doesn't work, you don't have much to undo.  Of course, you
will also want to insure that you are, in fact, dealing with a PNG
file.  Libpng provides a simple check to see if a file is a PNG file.
846
To use it, pass in the first 1 to 8 bytes of the file to the function
847 848 849 850
png_sig_cmp(), and it will return 0 (false) if the bytes match the
corresponding bytes of the PNG signature, or nonzero (true) otherwise.
Of course, the more bytes you pass in, the greater the accuracy of the
prediction.
851 852 853

If you are intending to keep the file pointer open for use in libpng,
you must ensure you don't read more than 8 bytes from the beginning
854
of the file, and you also have to make a call to png_set_sig_bytes()
855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864
with the number of bytes you read from the beginning.  Libpng will
then only check the bytes (if any) that your program didn't read.

(*): If you are not using the standard I/O functions, you will need
to replace them with custom functions.  See the discussion under
Customizing libpng.

    FILE *fp = fopen(file_name, "rb");
    if (!fp)
    {
865
       return (ERROR);
866
    }
867

868 869 870 871
    if (fread(header, 1, number, fp) != number)
    {
       return (ERROR);
    }
872

873
    is_png = !png_sig_cmp(header, 0, number);
874 875
    if (!is_png)
    {
876
       return (NOT_PNG);
877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886
    }

Next, png_struct and png_info need to be allocated and initialized.  In
order to ensure that the size of these structures is correct even with a
dynamically linked libpng, there are functions to initialize and
allocate the structures.  We also pass the library version, optional
pointers to error handling functions, and a pointer to a data struct for
use by the error functions, if necessary (the pointer and functions can
be NULL if the default error handlers are to be used).  See the section
on Changes to Libpng below regarding the old initialization functions.
887 888
The structure allocation functions quietly return NULL if they fail to
create the structure, so your application should check for that.
889 890

    png_structp png_ptr = png_create_read_struct
891
        (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
892
        user_error_fn, user_warning_fn);
893

894
    if (!png_ptr)
895
       return (ERROR);
896 897

    png_infop info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
898

899 900
    if (!info_ptr)
    {
901
       png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr,
902
           (png_infopp)NULL, (png_infopp)NULL);
903
       return (ERROR);
904 905
    }

906
If you want to use your own memory allocation routines,
907
use a libpng that was built with PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED defined, and use
908 909 910
png_create_read_struct_2() instead of png_create_read_struct():

    png_structp png_ptr = png_create_read_struct_2
911
        (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
912 913 914 915 916 917 918
        user_error_fn, user_warning_fn, (png_voidp)
        user_mem_ptr, user_malloc_fn, user_free_fn);

The error handling routines passed to png_create_read_struct()
and the memory alloc/free routines passed to png_create_struct_2()
are only necessary if you are not using the libpng supplied error
handling and memory alloc/free functions.
919

920
When libpng encounters an error, it expects to longjmp back
921
to your routine.  Therefore, you will need to call setjmp and pass
922
your png_jmpbuf(png_ptr).  If you read the file from different
923
routines, you will need to update the longjmp buffer every time you enter
924
a new routine that will call a png_*() function.
925 926

See your documentation of setjmp/longjmp for your compiler for more
927 928 929
information on setjmp/longjmp.  See the discussion on libpng error
handling in the Customizing Libpng section below for more information
on the libpng error handling.  If an error occurs, and libpng longjmp's
930 931 932
back to your setjmp, you will want to call png_destroy_read_struct() to
free any memory.

933
    if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
934
    {
935
       png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
936
           &end_info);
937 938
       fclose(fp);
       return (ERROR);
939 940
    }

941 942 943
Pass (png_infopp)NULL instead of &end_info if you didn't create
an end_info structure.

944
If you would rather avoid the complexity of setjmp/longjmp issues,
945
you can compile libpng with PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case
946 947
errors will result in a call to PNG_ABORT() which defaults to abort().

948 949 950 951
You can #define PNG_ABORT() to a function that does something
more useful than abort(), as long as your function does not
return.

952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967
Now you need to set up the input code.  The default for libpng is to
use the C function fread().  If you use this, you will need to pass a
valid FILE * in the function png_init_io().  Be sure that the file is
opened in binary mode.  If you wish to handle reading data in another
way, you need not call the png_init_io() function, but you must then
implement the libpng I/O methods discussed in the Customizing Libpng
section below.

    png_init_io(png_ptr, fp);

If you had previously opened the file and read any of the signature from
the beginning in order to see if this was a PNG file, you need to let
libpng know that there are some bytes missing from the start of the file.

    png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, number);

968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976
You can change the zlib compression buffer size to be used while
reading compressed data with

    png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, buffer_size);

where the default size is 8192 bytes.  Note that the buffer size
is changed immediately and the buffer is reallocated immediately,
instead of setting a flag to be acted upon later.

977 978 979 980 981 982 983
If you want CRC errors to be handled in a different manner than
the default, use

    png_set_crc_action(png_ptr, crit_action, ancil_action);

The values for png_set_crc_action() say how libpng is to handle CRC errors in
ancillary and critical chunks, and whether to use the data contained
984 985 986
therein. Starting with libpng-1.6.26, this also governs how an ADLER32 error
is handled while reading the IDAT chunk. Note that it is impossible to
"discard" data in a critical chunk.
987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002

Choices for (int) crit_action are
   PNG_CRC_DEFAULT      0  error/quit
   PNG_CRC_ERROR_QUIT   1  error/quit
   PNG_CRC_WARN_USE     3  warn/use data
   PNG_CRC_QUIET_USE    4  quiet/use data
   PNG_CRC_NO_CHANGE    5  use the current value

Choices for (int) ancil_action are
   PNG_CRC_DEFAULT      0  error/quit
   PNG_CRC_ERROR_QUIT   1  error/quit
   PNG_CRC_WARN_DISCARD 2  warn/discard data
   PNG_CRC_WARN_USE     3  warn/use data
   PNG_CRC_QUIET_USE    4  quiet/use data
   PNG_CRC_NO_CHANGE    5  use the current value

1003 1004 1005
When the setting for crit_action is PNG_CRC_QUIET_USE, the CRC and ADLER32
checksums are not only ignored, but they are not evaluated.

1006 1007 1008 1009 1010
.SS Setting up callback code

You can set up a callback function to handle any unknown chunks in the
input stream. You must supply the function

1011
    read_chunk_callback(png_structp png_ptr,
1012 1013 1014
         png_unknown_chunkp chunk);
    {
       /* The unknown chunk structure contains your
1015 1016 1017
          chunk data, along with similar data for any other
          unknown chunks: */

1018 1019 1020
           png_byte name[5];
           png_byte *data;
           png_size_t size;
1021

1022 1023
       /* Note that libpng has already taken care of
          the CRC handling */
1024

1025 1026 1027
       /* put your code here.  Search for your chunk in the
          unknown chunk structure, process it, and return one
          of the following: */
1028

1029
       return (\-n); /* chunk had an error */
1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046
       return (0); /* did not recognize */
       return (n); /* success */
    }

(You can give your function another name that you like instead of
"read_chunk_callback")

To inform libpng about your function, use

    png_set_read_user_chunk_fn(png_ptr, user_chunk_ptr,
        read_chunk_callback);

This names not only the callback function, but also a user pointer that
you can retrieve with

    png_get_user_chunk_ptr(png_ptr);

1047
If you call the png_set_read_user_chunk_fn() function, then all unknown
1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055
chunks which the callback does not handle will be saved when read.  You can
cause them to be discarded by returning '1' ("handled") instead of '0'.  This
behavior will change in libpng 1.7 and the default handling set by the
png_set_keep_unknown_chunks() function, described below, will be used when the
callback returns 0.  If you want the existing behavior you should set the global
default to PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE now; this is compatible with all current
versions of libpng and with 1.7.  Libpng 1.6 issues a warning if you keep the
default, or PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER, and the callback returns 0.
1056

1057 1058 1059 1060 1061
At this point, you can set up a callback function that will be
called after each row has been read, which you can use to control
a progress meter or the like.  It's demonstrated in pngtest.c.
You must supply a function

1062 1063
    void read_row_callback(png_structp png_ptr,
       png_uint_32 row, int pass);
1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072
    {
      /* put your code here */
    }

(You can give it another name that you like instead of "read_row_callback")

To inform libpng about your function, use

    png_set_read_status_fn(png_ptr, read_row_callback);
1073

1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079
When this function is called the row has already been completely processed and
the 'row' and 'pass' refer to the next row to be handled.  For the
non-interlaced case the row that was just handled is simply one less than the
passed in row number, and pass will always be 0.  For the interlaced case the
same applies unless the row value is 0, in which case the row just handled was
the last one from one of the preceding passes.  Because interlacing may skip a
1080
pass you cannot be sure that the preceding pass is just 'pass\-1'; if you really
1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086
need to know what the last pass is record (row,pass) from the callback and use
the last recorded value each time.

As with the user transform you can find the output row using the
PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW macro.

1087 1088 1089 1090 1091
.SS Unknown-chunk handling

Now you get to set the way the library processes unknown chunks in the
input PNG stream. Both known and unknown chunks will be read.  Normal
behavior is that known chunks will be parsed into information in
1092 1093 1094
various info_ptr members while unknown chunks will be discarded. This
behavior can be wasteful if your application will never use some known
chunk types. To change this, you can call:
1095

1096
    png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, keep,
1097
        chunk_list, num_chunks);
1098

1099 1100
    keep       - 0: default unknown chunk handling
                 1: ignore; do not keep
1101 1102
                 2: keep only if safe-to-copy
                 3: keep even if unsafe-to-copy
1103

1104 1105 1106 1107 1108
               You can use these definitions:
                 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_AS_DEFAULT   0
                 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER        1
                 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE      2
                 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS       3
1109

1110 1111
    chunk_list - list of chunks affected (a byte string,
                 five bytes per chunk, NULL or '\0' if
1112 1113
                 num_chunks is positive; ignored if
                 numchunks <= 0).
1114

1115
    num_chunks - number of chunks affected; if 0, all
1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121
                 unknown chunks are affected.  If positive,
                 only the chunks in the list are affected,
                 and if negative all unknown chunks and
                 all known chunks except for the IHDR,
                 PLTE, tRNS, IDAT, and IEND chunks are
                 affected.
1122

1123 1124 1125 1126 1127
Unknown chunks declared in this way will be saved as raw data onto a
list of png_unknown_chunk structures.  If a chunk that is normally
known to libpng is named in the list, it will be handled as unknown,
according to the "keep" directive.  If a chunk is named in successive
instances of png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(), the final instance will
1128 1129
take precedence.  The IHDR and IEND chunks should not be named in
chunk_list; if they are, libpng will process them normally anyway.
1130 1131
If you know that your application will never make use of some particular
chunks, use PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER (or 1) as demonstrated below.
1132

1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153
Here is an example of the usage of png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(),
where the private "vpAg" chunk will later be processed by a user chunk
callback function:

    png_byte vpAg[5]={118, 112,  65, 103, (png_byte) '\0'};

    #if defined(PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED)
      png_byte unused_chunks[]=
      {
        104,  73,  83,  84, (png_byte) '\0',   /* hIST */
        105,  84,  88, 116, (png_byte) '\0',   /* iTXt */
        112,  67,  65,  76, (png_byte) '\0',   /* pCAL */
        115,  67,  65,  76, (png_byte) '\0',   /* sCAL */
        115,  80,  76,  84, (png_byte) '\0',   /* sPLT */
        116,  73,  77,  69, (png_byte) '\0',   /* tIME */
      };
    #endif

    ...

    #if defined(PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED)
1154 1155 1156 1157
      /* ignore all unknown chunks
       * (use global setting "2" for libpng16 and earlier):
       */
      png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 2, NULL, 0);
1158

1159 1160
      /* except for vpAg: */
      png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 2, vpAg, 1);
1161

1162 1163
      /* also ignore unused known chunks: */
      png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 1, unused_chunks,
1164
         (int)(sizeof unused_chunks)/5);
1165 1166
    #endif

1167 1168 1169
.SS User limits

The PNG specification allows the width and height of an image to be as
1170
large as 2^(31\-1 (0x7fffffff), or about 2.147 billion rows and columns.
1171
For safety, libpng imposes a default limit of 1 million rows and columns.
1172
Larger images will be rejected immediately with a png_error() call. If
1173
you wish to change these limits, you can use
1174 1175 1176

   png_set_user_limits(png_ptr, width_max, height_max);

1177
to set your own limits (libpng may reject some very wide images
1178 1179 1180 1181
anyway because of potential buffer overflow conditions).

You should put this statement after you create the PNG structure and
before calling png_read_info(), png_read_png(), or png_process_data().
1182 1183 1184 1185

When writing a PNG datastream, put this statement before calling
png_write_info() or png_write_png().

1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191
If you need to retrieve the limits that are being applied, use

   width_max = png_get_user_width_max(png_ptr);
   height_max = png_get_user_height_max(png_ptr);

The PNG specification sets no limit on the number of ancillary chunks
1192 1193 1194 1195 1196
allowed in a PNG datastream.  By default, libpng imposes a limit of
a total of 1000 sPLT, tEXt, iTXt, zTXt, and unknown chunks to be stored.
If you have set up both info_ptr and end_info_ptr, the limit applies
separately to each.  You can change the limit on the total number of such
chunks that will be stored, with
1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203

   png_set_chunk_cache_max(png_ptr, user_chunk_cache_max);

where 0x7fffffffL means unlimited.  You can retrieve this limit with

   chunk_cache_max = png_get_chunk_cache_max(png_ptr);

1204
Libpng imposes a limit of 8 Megabytes (8,000,000 bytes) on the amount of
1205 1206 1207
memory that any chunk other than IDAT can occupy, originally or when
decompressed (prior to libpng-1.6.32 the limit was only applied to compressed
chunks after decompression). You can change this limit with
1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217

   png_set_chunk_malloc_max(png_ptr, user_chunk_malloc_max);

and you can retrieve the limit with

   chunk_malloc_max = png_get_chunk_malloc_max(png_ptr);

Any chunks that would cause either of these limits to be exceeded will
be ignored.

1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223
.SS Information about your system

If you intend to display the PNG or to incorporate it in other image data you
need to tell libpng information about your display or drawing surface so that
libpng can convert the values in the image to match the display.

1224
From libpng-1.5.4 this information can be set before reading the PNG file
1225 1226 1227 1228
header.  In earlier versions png_set_gamma() existed but behaved incorrectly if
called before the PNG file header had been read and png_set_alpha_mode() did not
exist.

1229
If you need to support versions prior to libpng-1.5.4 test the version number
1230 1231
as illustrated below using "PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504" and follow the procedures
described in the appropriate manual page.
1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237

You give libpng the encoding expected by your system expressed as a 'gamma'
value.  You can also specify a default encoding for the PNG file in
case the required information is missing from the file.  By default libpng
assumes that the PNG data matches your system, to keep this default call:

1238
   png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, output_gamma);
1239 1240 1241

or you can use the fixed point equivalent:

1242
   png_set_gamma_fixed(png_ptr, PNG_FP_1*screen_gamma,
1243
      PNG_FP_1*output_gamma);
1244

1245
If you don't know the gamma for your system it is probably 2.2 - a good
1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251
approximation to the IEC standard for display systems (sRGB).  If images are
too contrasty or washed out you got the value wrong - check your system
documentation!

Many systems permit the system gamma to be changed via a lookup table in the
display driver, a few systems, including older Macs, change the response by
1252
default.  As of 1.5.4 three special values are available to handle common
1253 1254
situations:

1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263
   PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB: Indicates that the system conforms to the
                     IEC 61966-2-1 standard.  This matches almost
                     all systems.
   PNG_GAMMA_MAC_18: Indicates that the system is an older
                     (pre Mac OS 10.6) Apple Macintosh system with
                     the default settings.
   PNG_GAMMA_LINEAR: Just the fixed point value for 1.0 - indicates
                     that the system expects data with no gamma
                     encoding.
1264 1265

You would use the linear (unencoded) value if you need to process the pixel
1266
values further because this avoids the need to decode and re-encode each
1267 1268 1269 1270
component value whenever arithmetic is performed.  A lot of graphics software
uses linear values for this reason, often with higher precision component values
to preserve overall accuracy.

1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334

The output_gamma value expresses how to decode the output values, not how
they are encoded.  The values used correspond to the normal numbers used to
describe the overall gamma of a computer display system; for example 2.2 for
an sRGB conformant system.  The values are scaled by 100000 in the _fixed
version of the API (so 220000 for sRGB.)

The inverse of the value is always used to provide a default for the PNG file
encoding if it has no gAMA chunk and if png_set_gamma() has not been called
to override the PNG gamma information.

When the ALPHA_OPTIMIZED mode is selected the output gamma is used to encode
opaque pixels however pixels with lower alpha values are not encoded,
regardless of the output gamma setting.

When the standard Porter Duff handling is requested with mode 1 the output
encoding is set to be linear and the output_gamma value is only relevant
as a default for input data that has no gamma information.  The linear output
encoding will be overridden if png_set_gamma() is called - the results may be
highly unexpected!

The following numbers are derived from the sRGB standard and the research
behind it.  sRGB is defined to be approximated by a PNG gAMA chunk value of
0.45455 (1/2.2) for PNG.  The value implicitly includes any viewing
correction required to take account of any differences in the color
environment of the original scene and the intended display environment; the
value expresses how to *decode* the image for display, not how the original
data was *encoded*.

sRGB provides a peg for the PNG standard by defining a viewing environment.
sRGB itself, and earlier TV standards, actually use a more complex transform
(a linear portion then a gamma 2.4 power law) than PNG can express.  (PNG is
limited to simple power laws.)  By saying that an image for direct display on
an sRGB conformant system should be stored with a gAMA chunk value of 45455
(11.3.3.2 and 11.3.3.5 of the ISO PNG specification) the PNG specification
makes it possible to derive values for other display systems and
environments.

The Mac value is deduced from the sRGB based on an assumption that the actual
extra viewing correction used in early Mac display systems was implemented as
a power 1.45 lookup table.

Any system where a programmable lookup table is used or where the behavior of
the final display device characteristics can be changed requires system
specific code to obtain the current characteristic.  However this can be
difficult and most PNG gamma correction only requires an approximate value.

By default, if png_set_alpha_mode() is not called, libpng assumes that all
values are unencoded, linear, values and that the output device also has a
linear characteristic.  This is only very rarely correct - it is invariably
better to call png_set_alpha_mode() with PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB than rely on the
default if you don't know what the right answer is!

The special value PNG_GAMMA_MAC_18 indicates an older Mac system (pre Mac OS
10.6) which used a correction table to implement a somewhat lower gamma on an
otherwise sRGB system.

Both these values are reserved (not simple gamma values) in order to allow
more precise correction internally in the future.

NOTE: the values can be passed to either the fixed or floating
point APIs, but the floating point API will also accept floating point
values.

1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340
The second thing you may need to tell libpng about is how your system handles
alpha channel information.  Some, but not all, PNG files contain an alpha
channel.  To display these files correctly you need to compose the data onto a
suitable background, as described in the PNG specification.

Libpng only supports composing onto a single color (using png_set_background;
1341
see below).  Otherwise you must do the composition yourself and, in this case,
1342 1343
you may need to call png_set_alpha_mode:

1344 1345 1346 1347 1348
   #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504
      png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, mode, screen_gamma);
   #else
      png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, 1.0/screen_gamma);
   #endif
1349

1350 1351 1352
The screen_gamma value is the same as the argument to png_set_gamma; however,
how it affects the output depends on the mode.  png_set_alpha_mode() sets the
file gamma default to 1/screen_gamma, so normally you don't need to call
1353 1354 1355
png_set_gamma.  If you need different defaults call png_set_gamma() before
png_set_alpha_mode() - if you call it after it will override the settings made
by png_set_alpha_mode().
1356 1357 1358

The mode is as follows:

1359 1360 1361 1362 1363
    PNG_ALPHA_PNG: The data is encoded according to the PNG
specification.  Red, green and blue, or gray, components are
gamma encoded color values and are not premultiplied by the
alpha value.  The alpha value is a linear measure of the
contribution of the pixel to the corresponding final output pixel.
1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376

You should normally use this format if you intend to perform
color correction on the color values; most, maybe all, color
correction software has no handling for the alpha channel and,
anyway, the math to handle pre-multiplied component values is
unnecessarily complex.

Before you do any arithmetic on the component values you need
to remove the gamma encoding and multiply out the alpha
channel.  See the PNG specification for more detail.  It is
important to note that when an image with an alpha channel is
scaled, linear encoded, pre-multiplied component values must
be used!
1377 1378

The remaining modes assume you don't need to do any further color correction or
1379
that if you do, your color correction software knows all about alpha (it
1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408
probably doesn't!).  They 'associate' the alpha with the color information by
storing color channel values that have been scaled by the alpha.  The
advantage is that the color channels can be resampled (the image can be
scaled) in this form.  The disadvantage is that normal practice is to store
linear, not (gamma) encoded, values and this requires 16-bit channels for
still images rather than the 8-bit channels that are just about sufficient if
gamma encoding is used.  In addition all non-transparent pixel values,
including completely opaque ones, must be gamma encoded to produce the final
image.  These are the 'STANDARD', 'ASSOCIATED' or 'PREMULTIPLIED' modes
described below (the latter being the two common names for associated alpha
color channels). Note that PNG files always contain non-associated color
channels; png_set_alpha_mode() with one of the modes causes the decoder to
convert the pixels to an associated form before returning them to your
application. 

Since it is not necessary to perform arithmetic on opaque color values so
long as they are not to be resampled and are in the final color space it is
possible to optimize the handling of alpha by storing the opaque pixels in
the PNG format (adjusted for the output color space) while storing partially
opaque pixels in the standard, linear, format.  The accuracy required for
standard alpha composition is relatively low, because the pixels are
isolated, therefore typically the accuracy loss in storing 8-bit linear
values is acceptable.  (This is not true if the alpha channel is used to
simulate transparency over large areas - use 16 bits or the PNG mode in
this case!)  This is the 'OPTIMIZED' mode.  For this mode a pixel is
treated as opaque only if the alpha value is equal to the maximum value.

    PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD:  The data libpng produces is encoded in the
standard way assumed by most correctly written graphics software.
1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436
The gamma encoding will be removed by libpng and the
linear component values will be pre-multiplied by the
alpha channel.

With this format the final image must be re-encoded to
match the display gamma before the image is displayed.
If your system doesn't do that, yet still seems to
perform arithmetic on the pixels without decoding them,
it is broken - check out the modes below.

With PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD libpng always produces linear
component values, whatever screen_gamma you supply.  The
screen_gamma value is, however, used as a default for
the file gamma if the PNG file has no gamma information.

If you call png_set_gamma() after png_set_alpha_mode() you
will override the linear encoding.  Instead the
pre-multiplied pixel values will be gamma encoded but
the alpha channel will still be linear.  This may
actually match the requirements of some broken software,
but it is unlikely.

While linear 8-bit data is often used it has
insufficient precision for any image with a reasonable
dynamic range.  To avoid problems, and if your software
supports it, use png_set_expand_16() to force all
components to 16 bits.

1437 1438
    PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED: This mode is the same as PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD
except that completely opaque pixels are gamma encoded according to
1439 1440 1441 1442
the screen_gamma value.  Pixels with alpha less than 1.0
will still have linear components.

Use this format if you have control over your
1443
compositing software and so don't do other arithmetic
1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456
(such as scaling) on the data you get from libpng.  Your
compositing software can simply copy opaque pixels to
the output but still has linear values for the
non-opaque pixels.

In normal compositing, where the alpha channel encodes
partial pixel coverage (as opposed to broad area
translucency), the inaccuracies of the 8-bit
representation of non-opaque pixels are irrelevant.

You can also try this format if your software is broken;
it might look better.

1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466
    PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN: This is PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD; however, all component
values, including the alpha channel are gamma encoded.  This is
broken because, in practice, no implementation that uses this choice
correctly undoes the encoding before handling alpha composition.  Use this
choice only if other serious errors in the software or hardware you use
mandate it.  In most cases of broken software or hardware the bug in the
final display manifests as a subtle halo around composited parts of the
image.  You may not even perceive this as a halo; the composited part of
the image may simply appear separate from the background, as though it had
been cut out of paper and pasted on afterward.
1467 1468

If you don't have to deal with bugs in software or hardware, or if you can fix
1469
them, there are three recommended ways of using png_set_alpha_mode():
1470

1471 1472
   png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_PNG,
       screen_gamma);
1473

1474
You can do color correction on the result (libpng does not currently
1475
support color correction internally).  When you handle the alpha channel
1476 1477 1478 1479
you need to undo the gamma encoding and multiply out the alpha.

   png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD,
       screen_gamma);
1480 1481
   png_set_expand_16(png_ptr);

1482
If you are using the high level interface, don't call png_set_expand_16();
1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489
instead pass PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16 to the interface.

With this mode you can't do color correction, but you can do arithmetic,
including composition and scaling, on the data without further processing.

   png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED,
       screen_gamma);
1490

1491 1492 1493
You can avoid the expansion to 16-bit components with this mode, but you
lose the ability to scale the image or perform other linear arithmetic.
All you can do is compose the result onto a matching output.  Since this
1494
mode is libpng-specific you also need to write your own composition
1495
software.
1496

1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579
The following are examples of calls to png_set_alpha_mode to achieve the
required overall gamma correction and, where necessary, alpha
premultiplication.

    png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB);

This is the default libpng handling of the alpha channel - it is not
pre-multiplied into the color components.  In addition the call states
that the output is for a sRGB system and causes all PNG files without gAMA
chunks to be assumed to be encoded using sRGB.

    png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_GAMMA_MAC);

In this case the output is assumed to be something like an sRGB conformant
display preceeded by a power-law lookup table of power 1.45.  This is how
early Mac systems behaved.

    png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD, PNG_GAMMA_LINEAR);

This is the classic Jim Blinn approach and will work in academic
environments where everything is done by the book.  It has the shortcoming
of assuming that input PNG data with no gamma information is linear - this
is unlikely to be correct unless the PNG files where generated locally.
Most of the time the output precision will be so low as to show
significant banding in dark areas of the image.

    png_set_expand_16(pp);
    png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB);

This is a somewhat more realistic Jim Blinn inspired approach.  PNG files
are assumed to have the sRGB encoding if not marked with a gamma value and
the output is always 16 bits per component.  This permits accurate scaling
and processing of the data.  If you know that your input PNG files were
generated locally you might need to replace PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB with the
correct value for your system.

    png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB);

If you just need to composite the PNG image onto an existing background
and if you control the code that does this you can use the optimization
setting.  In this case you just copy completely opaque pixels to the
output.  For pixels that are not completely transparent (you just skip
those) you do the composition math using png_composite or png_composite_16
below then encode the resultant 8-bit or 16-bit values to match the output
encoding.

    Other cases

If neither the PNG nor the standard linear encoding work for you because
of the software or hardware you use then you have a big problem.  The PNG
case will probably result in halos around the image.  The linear encoding
will probably result in a washed out, too bright, image (it's actually too
contrasty.)  Try the ALPHA_OPTIMIZED mode above - this will probably
substantially reduce the halos.  Alternatively try:

    png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB);

This option will also reduce the halos, but there will be slight dark
halos round the opaque parts of the image where the background is light.
In the OPTIMIZED mode the halos will be light halos where the background
is dark.  Take your pick - the halos are unavoidable unless you can get
your hardware/software fixed!  (The OPTIMIZED approach is slightly
faster.)

When the default gamma of PNG files doesn't match the output gamma.
If you have PNG files with no gamma information png_set_alpha_mode allows
you to provide a default gamma, but it also sets the ouput gamma to the
matching value.  If you know your PNG files have a gamma that doesn't
match the output you can take advantage of the fact that
png_set_alpha_mode always sets the output gamma but only sets the PNG
default if it is not already set:

    png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB);
    png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_GAMMA_MAC);

The first call sets both the default and the output gamma values, the
second call overrides the output gamma without changing the default.  This
is easier than achieving the same effect with png_set_gamma.  You must use
PNG_ALPHA_PNG for the first call - internal checking in png_set_alpha will
fire if more than one call to png_set_alpha_mode and png_set_background is
made in the same read operation, however multiple calls with PNG_ALPHA_PNG
are ignored.

1580
If you don't need, or can't handle, the alpha channel you can call
1581 1582
png_set_background() to remove it by compositing against a fixed color.  Don't
call png_set_strip_alpha() to do this - it will leave spurious pixel values in
1583 1584
transparent parts of this image.

1585 1586
   png_set_background(png_ptr, &background_color,
       PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN, 0, 1);
1587 1588 1589

The background_color is an RGB or grayscale value according to the data format
libpng will produce for you.  Because you don't yet know the format of the PNG
1590
file, if you call png_set_background at this point you must arrange for the
1591 1592 1593 1594
format produced by libpng to always have 8-bit or 16-bit components and then
store the color as an 8-bit or 16-bit color as appropriate.  The color contains
separate gray and RGB component values, so you can let libpng produce gray or
RGB output according to the input format, but low bit depth grayscale images
1595
must always be converted to at least 8-bit format.  (Even though low bit depth
1596 1597 1598 1599 1600
grayscale images can't have an alpha channel they can have a transparent
color!)

You set the transforms you need later, either as flags to the high level
interface or libpng API calls for the low level interface.  For reference the
1601
settings and API calls required are:
1602 1603

8-bit values:
1604 1605
   PNG_TRANSFORM_SCALE_16 | PNG_EXPAND
   png_set_expand(png_ptr); png_set_scale_16(png_ptr);
1606

1607 1608
   If you must get exactly the same inaccurate results
   produced by default in versions prior to libpng-1.5.4,
1609
   use PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_16 and png_set_strip_16(png_ptr)
1610 1611
   instead.

1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620
16-bit values:
   PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16
   png_set_expand_16(png_ptr);

In either case palette image data will be expanded to RGB.  If you just want
color data you can add PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB or png_set_gray_to_rgb(png_ptr)
to the list.

Calling png_set_background before the PNG file header is read will not work
1621
prior to libpng-1.5.4.  Because the failure may result in unexpected warnings or
1622
errors it is therefore much safer to call png_set_background after the head has
1623
been read.  Unfortunately this means that prior to libpng-1.5.4 it cannot be
1624 1625
used with the high level interface.

1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634
.SS The high-level read interface

At this point there are two ways to proceed; through the high-level
read interface, or through a sequence of low-level read operations.
You can use the high-level interface if (a) you are willing to read
the entire image into memory, and (b) the input transformations
you want to do are limited to the following set:

    PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY      No transformation
1635 1636 1637 1638
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SCALE_16      Strip 16-bit samples to
                                8-bit accurately
    PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_16      Chop 16-bit samples to
                                8-bit less accurately
1639
    PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_ALPHA   Discard the alpha channel
1640 1641 1642 1643
    PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING       Expand 1, 2 and 4-bit
                                samples to bytes
    PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP      Change order of packed
                                pixels to LSB first
1644 1645
    PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND        Perform set_expand()
    PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO   Invert monochrome images
1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT         Normalize pixels to the
                                sBIT depth
    PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR           Flip RGB to BGR, RGBA
                                to BGRA
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA    Flip RGBA to ARGB or GA
                                to AG
    PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA  Change alpha from opacity
                                to transparency
1654
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN   Byte-swap 16-bit samples
1655 1656
    PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB   Expand grayscale samples
                                to RGB (or GA to RGBA)
1657
    PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16     Expand samples to 16 bits
1658 1659

(This excludes setting a background color, doing gamma transformation,
1660
quantizing, and setting filler.)  If this is the case, simply do this:
1661 1662 1663

    png_read_png(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_transforms, NULL)

1664 1665
where png_transforms is an integer containing the bitwise OR of some
set of transformation flags.  This call is equivalent to png_read_info(),
1666
followed the set of transformations indicated by the transform mask,
1667
then png_read_image(), and finally png_read_end().
1668

1669 1670 1671
(The final parameter of this call is not yet used.  Someday it might point
to transformation parameters required by some future input transform.)

1672 1673 1674
You must use png_transforms and not call any png_set_transform() functions
when you use png_read_png().

1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686
After you have called png_read_png(), you can retrieve the image data
with

   row_pointers = png_get_rows(png_ptr, info_ptr);

where row_pointers is an array of pointers to the pixel data for each row:

   png_bytep row_pointers[height];

If you know your image size and pixel size ahead of time, you can allocate
row_pointers prior to calling png_read_png() with

1687
   if (height > PNG_UINT_32_MAX/(sizeof (png_byte)))
1688
      png_error (png_ptr,
1689 1690
          "Image is too tall to process in memory");

1691 1692
   if (width > PNG_UINT_32_MAX/pixel_size)
      png_error (png_ptr,
1693 1694
          "Image is too wide to process in memory");

1695
   row_pointers = png_malloc(png_ptr,
1696
       height*(sizeof (png_bytep)));
1697

1698 1699
   for (int i=0; i<height, i++)
      row_pointers[i]=NULL;  /* security precaution */
1700

1701
   for (int i=0; i<height, i++)
1702
      row_pointers[i]=png_malloc(png_ptr,
1703 1704
          width*pixel_size);

1705
   png_set_rows(png_ptr, info_ptr, &row_pointers);
1706 1707

Alternatively you could allocate your image in one big block and define
1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721
row_pointers[i] to point into the proper places in your block, but first
be sure that your platform is able to allocate such a large buffer:

   /* Guard against integer overflow */
   if (height > PNG_SIZE_MAX/(width*pixel_size)) {
        png_error(png_ptr,"image_data buffer would be too large");
   }

   png_bytep buffer=png_malloc(png_ptr,height*width*pixel_size);

   for (int i=0; i<height, i++)
      row_pointers[i]=buffer+i*width*pixel_size;

   png_set_rows(png_ptr, info_ptr, &row_pointers);
1722 1723 1724 1725 1726

If you use png_set_rows(), the application is responsible for freeing
row_pointers (and row_pointers[i], if they were separately allocated).

If you don't allocate row_pointers ahead of time, png_read_png() will
1727
do it, and it'll be free'ed by libpng when you call png_destroy_*().
1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733

.SS The low-level read interface

If you are going the low-level route, you are now ready to read all
the file information up to the actual image data.  You do this with a
call to png_read_info().
1734 1735 1736

    png_read_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);

1737 1738
This will process all chunks up to but not including the image data.

1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744
This also copies some of the data from the PNG file into the decode structure
for use in later transformations.  Important information copied in is:

1) The PNG file gamma from the gAMA chunk.  This overwrites the default value
provided by an earlier call to png_set_gamma or png_set_alpha_mode.

1745
2) Prior to libpng-1.5.4 the background color from a bKGd chunk.  This
1746
damages the information provided by an earlier call to png_set_background
1747
resulting in unexpected behavior.  Libpng-1.5.4 no longer does this.
1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754

3) The number of significant bits in each component value.  Libpng uses this to
optimize gamma handling by reducing the internal lookup table sizes.

4) The transparent color information from a tRNS chunk.  This can be modified by
a later call to png_set_tRNS.

1755
.SS Querying the info structure
1756

1757 1758 1759
Functions are used to get the information from the info_ptr once it
has been read.  Note that these fields may not be completely filled
in until png_read_end() has read the chunk data following the image.
1760 1761 1762

    png_get_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, &width, &height,
       &bit_depth, &color_type, &interlace_type,
1763
       &compression_type, &filter_method);
1764 1765 1766

    width          - holds the width of the image
                     in pixels (up to 2^31).
1767

1768 1769
    height         - holds the height of the image
                     in pixels (up to 2^31).
1770

1771 1772 1773 1774 1775
    bit_depth      - holds the bit depth of one of the
                     image channels.  (valid values are
                     1, 2, 4, 8, 16 and depend also on
                     the color_type.  See also
                     significant bits (sBIT) below).
1776

1777 1778 1779 1780
    color_type     - describes which color/alpha channels
                         are present.
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY
                        (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8, 16)
1781
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA
1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793
                        (bit depths 8, 16)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE
                        (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB
                        (bit_depths 8, 16)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA
                        (bit_depths 8, 16)

                     PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE
                     PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR
                     PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA

1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799
    interlace_type - (PNG_INTERLACE_NONE or
                     PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7)

    compression_type - (must be PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE
                     for PNG 1.0)

1800 1801 1802 1803 1804
    filter_method  - (must be PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE
                     for PNG 1.0, and can also be
                     PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING if
                     the PNG datastream is embedded in
                     a MNG-1.0 datastream)
1805

1806 1807 1808
    Any of width, height, color_type, bit_depth,
    interlace_type, compression_type, or filter_method can
    be NULL if you are not interested in their values.
1809

1810 1811
    Note that png_get_IHDR() returns 32-bit data into
    the application's width and height variables.
1812
    This is an unsafe situation if these are not png_uint_32
1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818
    variables.  In such situations, the
    png_get_image_width() and png_get_image_height()
    functions described below are safer.

    width            = png_get_image_width(png_ptr,
                         info_ptr);
1819

1820 1821
    height           = png_get_image_height(png_ptr,
                         info_ptr);
1822

1823 1824
    bit_depth        = png_get_bit_depth(png_ptr,
                         info_ptr);
1825

1826 1827
    color_type       = png_get_color_type(png_ptr,
                         info_ptr);
1828

1829
    interlace_type   = png_get_interlace_type(png_ptr,
1830
                         info_ptr);
1831

1832 1833
    compression_type = png_get_compression_type(png_ptr,
                         info_ptr);
1834

1835
    filter_method    = png_get_filter_type(png_ptr,
1836 1837
                         info_ptr);

1838
    channels = png_get_channels(png_ptr, info_ptr);
1839

1840 1841 1842 1843
    channels       - number of channels of info for the
                     color type (valid values are 1 (GRAY,
                     PALETTE), 2 (GRAY_ALPHA), 3 (RGB),
                     4 (RGB_ALPHA or RGB + filler byte))
1844

1845
    rowbytes = png_get_rowbytes(png_ptr, info_ptr);
1846

1847
    rowbytes       - number of bytes needed to hold a row
1848 1849 1850 1851 1852
                     This value, the bit_depth, color_type,
                     and the number of channels can change
                     if you use transforms such as
                     png_set_expand(). See
                     png_read_update_info(), below.
1853 1854

    signature = png_get_signature(png_ptr, info_ptr);
1855

1856 1857 1858
    signature      - holds the signature read from the
                     file (if any).  The data is kept in
                     the same offset it would be if the
1859
                     whole signature were read (i.e. if an
1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869
                     application had already read in 4
                     bytes of signature before starting
                     libpng, the remaining 4 bytes would
                     be in signature[4] through signature[7]
                     (see png_set_sig_bytes())).

These are also important, but their validity depends on whether the chunk
has been read.  The png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_<chunk>) and
png_get_<chunk>(png_ptr, info_ptr, ...) functions return non-zero if the
data has been read, or zero if it is missing.  The parameters to the
1870 1871
png_get_<chunk> are set directly if they are simple data types, or a
pointer into the info_ptr is returned for any complex types.
1872

1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881
The colorspace data from gAMA, cHRM, sRGB, iCCP, and sBIT chunks
is simply returned to give the application information about how the
image was encoded.  Libpng itself only does transformations using the file
gamma when combining semitransparent pixels with the background color, and,
since libpng-1.6.0, when converting between 8-bit sRGB and 16-bit linear pixels
within the simplified API.  Libpng also uses the file gamma when converting
RGB to gray, beginning with libpng-1.0.5, if the application calls
png_set_rgb_to_gray()).

1882 1883
    png_get_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette,
                     &num_palette);
1884

1885 1886
    palette        - the palette for the file
                     (array of png_color)
1887

1888 1889
    num_palette    - number of entries in the palette

1890
    png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &file_gamma);
1891
    png_get_gAMA_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_file_gamma);
1892

1893 1894 1895 1896 1897
    file_gamma     - the gamma at which the file is
                     written (PNG_INFO_gAMA)

    int_file_gamma - 100,000 times the gamma at which the
                     file is written
1898

1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907
    png_get_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr,  &white_x, &white_y, &red_x,
                     &red_y, &green_x, &green_y, &blue_x, &blue_y)
    png_get_cHRM_XYZ(png_ptr, info_ptr, &red_X, &red_Y, &red_Z,
                     &green_X, &green_Y, &green_Z, &blue_X, &blue_Y,
                     &blue_Z)
    png_get_cHRM_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_white_x,
                     &int_white_y, &int_red_x, &int_red_y,
                     &int_green_x, &int_green_y, &int_blue_x,
                     &int_blue_y)
1908
    png_get_cHRM_XYZ_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_red_X, &int_red_Y,
1909 1910 1911
                     &int_red_Z, &int_green_X, &int_green_Y,
                     &int_green_Z, &int_blue_X, &int_blue_Y,
                     &int_blue_Z)
1912 1913

    {white,red,green,blue}_{x,y}
1914 1915 1916
                     A color space encoding specified using the
                     chromaticities of the end points and the
                     white point. (PNG_INFO_cHRM)
1917 1918

    {red,green,blue}_{X,Y,Z}
1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924
                     A color space encoding specified using the
                     encoding end points - the CIE tristimulus
                     specification of the intended color of the red,
                     green and blue channels in the PNG RGB data.
                     The white point is simply the sum of the three
                     end points. (PNG_INFO_cHRM)
1925

1926
    png_get_sRGB(png_ptr, info_ptr, &srgb_intent);
1927

1928
    srgb_intent -    the rendering intent (PNG_INFO_sRGB)
1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934
                     The presence of the sRGB chunk
                     means that the pixel data is in the
                     sRGB color space.  This chunk also
                     implies specific values of gAMA and
                     cHRM.

1935 1936
    png_get_iCCP(png_ptr, info_ptr, &name,
       &compression_type, &profile, &proflen);
1937

1938
    name             - The profile name.
1939

1940 1941 1942 1943
    compression_type - The compression type; always
                       PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE for PNG 1.0.
                       You may give NULL to this argument to
                       ignore it.
1944

1945 1946
    profile          - International Color Consortium color
                       profile data. May contain NULs.
1947

1948
    proflen          - length of profile data in bytes.
1949

1950
    png_get_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit);
1951

1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957
    sig_bit        - the number of significant bits for
                     (PNG_INFO_sBIT) each of the gray,
                     red, green, and blue channels,
                     whichever are appropriate for the
                     given color type (png_color_16)

1958 1959
    png_get_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, &trans_alpha,
                     &num_trans, &trans_color);
1960

1961 1962
    trans_alpha    - array of alpha (transparency)
                     entries for palette (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
1963

1964 1965
    num_trans      - number of transparent entries
                     (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
1966

1967
    trans_color    - graylevel or color sample values of
1968 1969
                     the single transparent color for
                     non-paletted images (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
1970

1971
    png_get_eXIf(png_ptr, info_ptr, &exif);
1972 1973 1974 1975
                     (PNG_INFO_eXIf)

    exif           - Exif profile (array of png_byte)

1976 1977
    png_get_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, &hist);
                     (PNG_INFO_hIST)
1978

1979
    hist           - histogram of palette (array of
1980
                     png_uint_16)
1981 1982

    png_get_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, &mod_time);
1983

1984 1985 1986 1987
    mod_time       - time image was last modified
                    (PNG_VALID_tIME)

    png_get_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &background);
1988

1989 1990
    background     - background color (of type
                     png_color_16p) (PNG_VALID_bKGD)
1991 1992
                     valid 16-bit red, green and blue
                     values, regardless of color_type
1993

1994 1995
    num_comments   = png_get_text(png_ptr, info_ptr,
                     &text_ptr, &num_text);
1996

1997
    num_comments   - number of comments
1998

1999 2000
    text_ptr       - array of png_text holding image
                     comments
2001

2002
    text_ptr[i].compression - type of compression used
2003 2004 2005 2006
                 on "text" PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
                           PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
                           PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
                           PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
2007

2008 2009
    text_ptr[i].key   - keyword for comment.  Must contain
                         1-79 characters.
2010

2011
    text_ptr[i].text  - text comments for current
2012
                         keyword.  Can be empty.
2013

2014
    text_ptr[i].text_length - length of text string,
2015
                 after decompression, 0 for iTXt
2016

2017
    text_ptr[i].itxt_length - length of itxt string,
2018
                 after decompression, 0 for tEXt/zTXt
2019

2020 2021
    text_ptr[i].lang  - language of comment (empty
                         string for unknown).
2022

2023
    text_ptr[i].lang_key  - keyword in UTF-8
2024
                         (empty string for unknown).
2025

2026
    Note that the itxt_length, lang, and lang_key
2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033
    members of the text_ptr structure only exist when the
    library is built with iTXt chunk support.  Prior to
    libpng-1.4.0 the library was built by default without
    iTXt support. Also note that when iTXt is supported,
    they contain NULL pointers when the "compression"
    field contains PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or
    PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt.
2034

2035 2036 2037
    num_text       - number of comments (same as
                     num_comments; you can put NULL here
                     to avoid the duplication)
2038

2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046
    Note while png_set_text() will accept text, language,
    and translated keywords that can be NULL pointers, the
    structure returned by png_get_text will always contain
    regular zero-terminated C strings.  They might be
    empty strings but they will never be NULL pointers.

    num_spalettes = png_get_sPLT(png_ptr, info_ptr,
       &palette_ptr);
2047 2048 2049

    num_spalettes  - number of sPLT chunks read.

2050
    palette_ptr    - array of palette structures holding
2051 2052
                     contents of one or more sPLT chunks
                     read.
2053

2054
    png_get_oFFs(png_ptr, info_ptr, &offset_x, &offset_y,
2055
       &unit_type);
2056

2057
    offset_x       - positive offset from the left edge
2058
                     of the screen (can be negative)
2059

2060
    offset_y       - positive offset from the top edge
2061
                     of the screen (can be negative)
2062

2063 2064 2065
    unit_type      - PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL, PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER

    png_get_pHYs(png_ptr, info_ptr, &res_x, &res_y,
2066
       &unit_type);
2067

2068 2069
    res_x          - pixels/unit physical resolution in
                     x direction
2070

2071 2072
    res_y          - pixels/unit physical resolution in
                     x direction
2073

2074
    unit_type      - PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN,
2075 2076
                     PNG_RESOLUTION_METER

2077 2078
    png_get_sCAL(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unit, &width,
       &height)
2079

2080
    unit        - physical scale units (an integer)
2081

2082
    width       - width of a pixel in physical scale units
2083

2084
    height      - height of a pixel in physical scale units
2085 2086
                 (width and height are doubles)

2087 2088
    png_get_sCAL_s(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unit, &width,
       &height)
2089

2090
    unit        - physical scale units (an integer)
2091

2092
    width       - width of a pixel in physical scale units
2093
                  (expressed as a string)
2094

2095 2096
    height      - height of a pixel in physical scale units
                 (width and height are strings like "2.54")
2097

2098 2099
    num_unknown_chunks = png_get_unknown_chunks(png_ptr,
       info_ptr, &unknowns)
2100

2101 2102
    unknowns          - array of png_unknown_chunk
                        structures holding unknown chunks
2103

2104
    unknowns[i].name  - name of unknown chunk
2105

2106
    unknowns[i].data  - data of unknown chunk
2107

2108
    unknowns[i].size  - size of unknown chunk's data
2109

2110
    unknowns[i].location - position of chunk in file
2111

2112 2113 2114
    The value of "i" corresponds to the order in which the
    chunks were read from the PNG file or inserted with the
    png_set_unknown_chunks() function.
2115

2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121
    The value of "location" is a bitwise "or" of

         PNG_HAVE_IHDR  (0x01)
         PNG_HAVE_PLTE  (0x02)
         PNG_AFTER_IDAT (0x08)

2122 2123 2124
The data from the pHYs chunk can be retrieved in several convenient
forms:

2125
    res_x = png_get_x_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr,
2126
       info_ptr)
2127

2128
    res_y = png_get_y_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr,
2129
       info_ptr)
2130

2131
    res_x_and_y = png_get_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr,
2132
       info_ptr)
2133

2134
    res_x = png_get_x_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr,
2135
       info_ptr)
2136

2137
    res_y = png_get_y_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr,
2138
       info_ptr)
2139

2140
    res_x_and_y = png_get_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr,
2141
       info_ptr)
2142

2143
    aspect_ratio = png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio(png_ptr,
2144
       info_ptr)
2145

2146
    Each of these returns 0 [signifying "unknown"] if
2147
       the data is not present or if res_x is 0;
2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155
       res_x_and_y is 0 if res_x != res_y

    Note that because of the way the resolutions are
       stored internally, the inch conversions won't
       come out to exactly even number.  For example,
       72 dpi is stored as 0.28346 pixels/meter, and
       when this is retrieved it is 71.9988 dpi, so
       be sure to round the returned value appropriately
2156
       if you want to display a reasonable-looking result.
2157

2158 2159 2160 2161
The data from the oFFs chunk can be retrieved in several convenient
forms:

    x_offset = png_get_x_offset_microns(png_ptr, info_ptr);
2162

2163
    y_offset = png_get_y_offset_microns(png_ptr, info_ptr);
2164

2165
    x_offset = png_get_x_offset_inches(png_ptr, info_ptr);
2166

2167 2168
    y_offset = png_get_y_offset_inches(png_ptr, info_ptr);

2169
    Each of these returns 0 [signifying "unknown" if both
2170
       x and y are 0] if the data is not present or if the
2171 2172 2173 2174 2175
       chunk is present but the unit is the pixel.  The
       remark about inexact inch conversions applies here
       as well, because a value in inches can't always be
       converted to microns and back without some loss
       of precision.
2176

2177
For more information, see the
2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194
PNG specification for chunk contents.  Be careful with trusting
rowbytes, as some of the transformations could increase the space
needed to hold a row (expand, filler, gray_to_rgb, etc.).
See png_read_update_info(), below.

A quick word about text_ptr and num_text.  PNG stores comments in
keyword/text pairs, one pair per chunk, with no limit on the number
of text chunks, and a 2^31 byte limit on their size.  While there are
suggested keywords, there is no requirement to restrict the use to these
strings.  It is strongly suggested that keywords and text be sensible
to humans (that's the point), so don't use abbreviations.  Non-printing
symbols are not allowed.  See the PNG specification for more details.
There is also no requirement to have text after the keyword.

Keywords should be limited to 79 Latin-1 characters without leading or
trailing spaces, but non-consecutive spaces are allowed within the
keyword.  It is possible to have the same keyword any number of times.
2195 2196
The text_ptr is an array of png_text structures, each holding a
pointer to a language string, a pointer to a keyword and a pointer to
2197 2198
a text string.  The text string, language code, and translated
keyword may be empty or NULL pointers.  The keyword/text
2199 2200 2201 2202 2203
pairs are put into the array in the order that they are received.
However, some or all of the text chunks may be after the image, so, to
make sure you have read all the text chunks, don't mess with these
until after you read the stuff after the image.  This will be
mentioned again below in the discussion that goes with png_read_end().
2204

2205 2206
.SS Input transformations

2207 2208 2209 2210 2211
After you've read the header information, you can set up the library
to handle any special transformations of the image data.  The various
ways to transform the data will be described in the order that they
should occur.  This is important, as some of these change the color
type and/or bit depth of the data, and some others only work on
2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222
certain color types and bit depths.

Transformations you request are ignored if they don't have any meaning for a
particular input data format.  However some transformations can have an effect
as a result of a previous transformation.  If you specify a contradictory set of
transformations, for example both adding and removing the alpha channel, you
cannot predict the final result.

The color used for the transparency values should be supplied in the same
format/depth as the current image data.  It is stored in the same format/depth
as the image data in a tRNS chunk, so this is what libpng expects for this data.
2223

2224 2225
The color used for the background value depends on the need_expand argument as
described below.
2226 2227 2228 2229

Data will be decoded into the supplied row buffers packed into bytes
unless the library has been told to transform it into another format.
For example, 4 bit/pixel paletted or grayscale data will be returned
2230 2231
2 pixels/byte with the leftmost pixel in the high-order bits of the byte,
unless png_set_packing() is called.  8-bit RGB data will be stored
2232
in RGB RGB RGB format unless png_set_filler() or png_set_add_alpha()
2233
is called to insert filler bytes, either before or after each RGB triplet.
2234

2235
16-bit RGB data will be returned RRGGBB RRGGBB, with the most significant
2236
byte of the color value first, unless png_set_scale_16() is called to
2237 2238 2239 2240 2241
transform it to regular RGB RGB triplets, or png_set_filler() or
png_set_add alpha() is called to insert two filler bytes, either before
or after each RRGGBB triplet.  Similarly, 8-bit or 16-bit grayscale data can
be modified with png_set_filler(), png_set_add_alpha(), png_set_strip_16(),
or png_set_scale_16().
2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248

The following code transforms grayscale images of less than 8 to 8 bits,
changes paletted images to RGB, and adds a full alpha channel if there is
transparency information in a tRNS chunk.  This is most useful on
grayscale images with bit depths of 2 or 4 or if there is a multiple-image
viewing application that wishes to treat all images in the same way.

2249 2250
    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE)
        png_set_palette_to_rgb(png_ptr);
2251 2252

    if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr,
2253 2254
        PNG_INFO_tRNS)) png_set_tRNS_to_alpha(png_ptr);

2255 2256 2257 2258
    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY &&
        bit_depth < 8) png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8(png_ptr);

The first two functions are actually aliases for png_set_expand(), added
2259 2260 2261
in libpng version 1.0.4, with the function names expanded to improve code
readability.  In some future version they may actually do different
things.
2262

2263 2264
As of libpng version 1.2.9, png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was
added.  It expands the sample depth without changing tRNS to alpha.
2265

2266
As of libpng version 1.5.2, png_set_expand_16() was added.  It behaves as
2267
png_set_expand(); however, the resultant channels have 16 bits rather than 8.
2268
Use this when the output color or gray channels are made linear to avoid fairly
2269
severe accuracy loss.
2270

2271 2272
   if (bit_depth < 16)
      png_set_expand_16(png_ptr);
2273

2274
PNG can have files with 16 bits per channel.  If you only can handle
2275
8 bits per channel, this will strip the pixels down to 8-bit.
2276 2277

    if (bit_depth == 16)
2278
#if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504
2279
       png_set_scale_16(png_ptr);
2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285
#else
       png_set_strip_16(png_ptr);
#endif

(The more accurate "png_set_scale_16()" API became available in libpng version
1.5.4).
2286

2287 2288 2289
If you need to process the alpha channel on the image separately from the image
data (for example if you convert it to a bitmap mask) it is possible to have
libpng strip the channel leaving just RGB or gray data:
2290 2291

    if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA)
2292
       png_set_strip_alpha(png_ptr);
2293

2294 2295 2296
If you strip the alpha channel you need to find some other way of dealing with
the information.  If, instead, you want to convert the image to an opaque
version with no alpha channel use png_set_background; see below.
2297 2298

As of libpng version 1.5.2, almost all useful expansions are supported, the
2299 2300
major ommissions are conversion of grayscale to indexed images (which can be
done trivially in the application) and conversion of indexed to grayscale (which
2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307
can be done by a trivial manipulation of the palette.)

In the following table, the 01 means grayscale with depth<8, 31 means
indexed with depth<8, other numerals represent the color type, "T" means
the tRNS chunk is present, A means an alpha channel is present, and O
means tRNS or alpha is present but all pixels in the image are opaque.

2308
  FROM  01  31   0  0T  0O   2  2T  2O   3  3T  3O  4A  4O  6A  6O
2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330
   TO
   01    -  [G]  -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -
   31   [Q]  Q  [Q] [Q] [Q]  Q   Q   Q   Q   Q   Q  [Q] [Q]  Q   Q
    0    1   G   +   .   .   G   G   G   G   G   G   B   B  GB  GB
   0T    lt  Gt  t   +   .   Gt  G   G   Gt  G   G   Bt  Bt GBt GBt
   0O    lt  Gt  t   .   +   Gt  Gt  G   Gt  Gt  G   Bt  Bt GBt GBt
    2    C   P   C   C   C   +   .   .   C   -   -  CB  CB   B   B
   2T    Ct  -   Ct  C   C   t   +   t   -   -   -  CBt CBt  Bt  Bt
   2O    Ct  -   Ct  C   C   t   t   +   -   -   -  CBt CBt  Bt  Bt
    3   [Q]  p  [Q] [Q] [Q]  Q   Q   Q   +   .   .  [Q] [Q]  Q   Q
   3T   [Qt] p  [Qt][Q] [Q]  Qt  Qt  Qt  t   +   t  [Qt][Qt] Qt  Qt
   3O   [Qt] p  [Qt][Q] [Q]  Qt  Qt  Qt  t   t   +  [Qt][Qt] Qt  Qt
   4A    lA  G   A   T   T   GA  GT  GT  GA  GT  GT  +   BA  G  GBA
   4O    lA GBA  A   T   T   GA  GT  GT  GA  GT  GT  BA  +  GBA  G
   6A    CA  PA  CA  C   C   A   T  tT   PA  P   P   C  CBA  +   BA
   6O    CA PBA  CA  C   C   A  tT   T   PA  P   P  CBA  C   BA  +

Within the matrix,
     "+" identifies entries where 'from' and 'to' are the same.
     "-" means the transformation is not supported.
     "." means nothing is necessary (a tRNS chunk can just be ignored).
     "t" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_tRNS.
2331
     "A" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_add_alpha().
2332 2333
     "X" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_expand().
     "1" means the transformation is obtained by
2334 2335 2336
         png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() (and by png_set_expand()
         if there is no transparency in the original or the final
         format).
2337
     "C" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_gray_to_rgb().
2338
     "G" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_rgb_to_gray().
2339 2340 2341 2342
     "P" means the transformation is obtained by
         png_set_expand_palette_to_rgb().
     "p" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_packing().
     "Q" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_quantize().
2343 2344 2345 2346
     "T" means the transformation is obtained by
         png_set_tRNS_to_alpha().
     "B" means the transformation is obtained by
         png_set_background(), or png_strip_alpha().
2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353

When an entry has multiple transforms listed all are required to cause the
right overall transformation.  When two transforms are separated by a comma
either will do the job.  When transforms are enclosed in [] the transform should
do the job but this is currently unimplemented - a different format will result
if the suggested transformations are used.

2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362
In PNG files, the alpha channel in an image
is the level of opacity.  If you need the alpha channel in an image to
be the level of transparency instead of opacity, you can invert the
alpha channel (or the tRNS chunk data) after it's read, so that 0 is
fully opaque and 255 (in 8-bit or paletted images) or 65535 (in 16-bit
images) is fully transparent, with

    png_set_invert_alpha(png_ptr);

2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368
PNG files pack pixels of bit depths 1, 2, and 4 into bytes as small as
they can, resulting in, for example, 8 pixels per byte for 1 bit
files.  This code expands to 1 pixel per byte without changing the
values of the pixels:

    if (bit_depth < 8)
2369
       png_set_packing(png_ptr);
2370 2371 2372

PNG files have possible bit depths of 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16.  All pixels
stored in a PNG image have been "scaled" or "shifted" up to the next
2373 2374 2375 2376
higher possible bit depth (e.g. from 5 bits/sample in the range [0,31]
to 8 bits/sample in the range [0, 255]).  However, it is also possible
to convert the PNG pixel data back to the original bit depth of the
image.  This call reduces the pixels back down to the original bit depth:
2377

2378
    png_color_8p sig_bit;
2379 2380

    if (png_get_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit))
2381
       png_set_shift(png_ptr, sig_bit);
2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387

PNG files store 3-color pixels in red, green, blue order.  This code
changes the storage of the pixels to blue, green, red:

    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB ||
        color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA)
2388
       png_set_bgr(png_ptr);
2389

2390 2391
PNG files store RGB pixels packed into 3 or 6 bytes. This code expands them
into 4 or 8 bytes for windowing systems that need them in this format:
2392

2393
    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB)
2394
       png_set_filler(png_ptr, filler, PNG_FILLER_BEFORE);
2395

2396 2397
where "filler" is the 8-bit or 16-bit number to fill with, and the location
is either PNG_FILLER_BEFORE or PNG_FILLER_AFTER, depending upon whether
2398 2399 2400 2401 2402
you want the filler before the RGB or after. When filling an 8-bit pixel,
the least significant 8 bits of the number are used, if a 16-bit number is
supplied.  This transformation does not affect images that already have full
alpha channels.  To add an opaque alpha channel, use filler=0xffff and
PNG_FILLER_AFTER which will generate RGBA pixels.
2403

2404
Note that png_set_filler() does not change the color type.  If you want
2405 2406 2407
to do that, you can add a true alpha channel with

    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB ||
2408
       color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY)
2409
       png_set_add_alpha(png_ptr, filler, PNG_FILLER_AFTER);
2410 2411

where "filler" contains the alpha value to assign to each pixel.
2412
The png_set_add_alpha() function was added in libpng-1.2.7.
2413

2414 2415 2416 2417
If you are reading an image with an alpha channel, and you need the
data as ARGB instead of the normal PNG format RGBA:

    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA)
2418
       png_set_swap_alpha(png_ptr);
2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424

For some uses, you may want a grayscale image to be represented as
RGB.  This code will do that conversion:

    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY ||
        color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA)
2425
       png_set_gray_to_rgb(png_ptr);
2426

2427
Conversely, you can convert an RGB or RGBA image to grayscale or grayscale
2428
with alpha.
2429 2430 2431

    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB ||
        color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA)
2432 2433
       png_set_rgb_to_gray(png_ptr, error_action,
          double red_weight, double green_weight);
2434 2435

    error_action = 1: silently do the conversion
2436

2437 2438 2439
    error_action = 2: issue a warning if the original
                      image has any pixel where
                      red != green or red != blue
2440

2441 2442 2443 2444 2445
    error_action = 3: issue an error and abort the
                      conversion if the original
                      image has any pixel where
                      red != green or red != blue

2446
    red_weight:       weight of red component
2447

2448
    green_weight:     weight of green component
2449
                      If either weight is negative, default
2450 2451 2452 2453 2454
                      weights are used.

In the corresponding fixed point API the red_weight and green_weight values are
simply scaled by 100,000:

2455 2456
    png_set_rgb_to_gray(png_ptr, error_action,
       png_fixed_point red_weight,
2457
       png_fixed_point green_weight);
2458 2459 2460 2461 2462

If you have set error_action = 1 or 2, you can
later check whether the image really was gray, after processing
the image rows, with the png_get_rgb_to_gray_status(png_ptr) function.
It will return a png_byte that is zero if the image was gray or
2463
1 if there were any non-gray pixels.  Background and sBIT data
2464
will be silently converted to grayscale, using the green channel
2465
data for sBIT, regardless of the error_action setting.
2466

2467
The default values come from the PNG file cHRM chunk if present; otherwise, the
2468 2469
defaults correspond to the ITU-R recommendation 709, and also the sRGB color
space, as recommended in the Charles Poynton's Colour FAQ,
2470
Copyright (c) 2006-11-28 Charles Poynton, in section 9:
2471

2472
<http://www.poynton.com/notes/colour_and_gamma/ColorFAQ.html#RTFToC9>
2473

2474 2475 2476 2477 2478
    Y = 0.2126 * R + 0.7152 * G + 0.0722 * B

Previous versions of this document, 1998 through 2002, recommended a slightly
different formula:

2479 2480
    Y = 0.212671 * R + 0.715160 * G + 0.072169 * B

2481 2482 2483 2484
Libpng uses an integer approximation:

    Y = (6968 * R + 23434 * G + 2366 * B)/32768

2485
The calculation is done in a linear colorspace, if the image gamma
2486
can be determined.
2487

2488
The png_set_background() function has been described already; it tells libpng to
2489 2490
composite images with alpha or simple transparency against the supplied
background color.  For compatibility with versions of libpng earlier than
2491
libpng-1.5.4 it is recommended that you call the function after reading the file
2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497
header, even if you don't want to use the color in a bKGD chunk, if one exists.

If the PNG file contains a bKGD chunk (PNG_INFO_bKGD valid),
you may use this color, or supply another color more suitable for
the current display (e.g., the background color from a web page).  You
need to tell libpng how the color is represented, both the format of the
2498
component values in the color (the number of bits) and the gamma encoding of the
2499
color.  The function takes two arguments, background_gamma_mode and need_expand
2500
to convey this information; however, only two combinations are likely to be
2501
useful:
2502

2503 2504
    png_color_16 my_background;
    png_color_16p image_background;
2505

2506
    if (png_get_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &image_background))
2507
       png_set_background(png_ptr, image_background,
2508
           PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE, 1/*needs to be expanded*/, 1);
2509
    else
2510
       png_set_background(png_ptr, &my_background,
2511
           PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN, 0/*do not expand*/, 1);
2512

2513 2514
The second call was described above - my_background is in the format of the
final, display, output produced by libpng.  Because you now know the format of
2515 2516 2517 2518 2519
the PNG it is possible to avoid the need to choose either 8-bit or 16-bit
output and to retain palette images (the palette colors will be modified
appropriately and the tRNS chunk removed.)  However, if you are doing this,
take great care not to ask for transformations without checking first that
they apply!
2520

2521 2522 2523 2524
In the first call the background color has the original bit depth and color type
of the PNG file.  So, for palette images the color is supplied as a palette
index and for low bit greyscale images the color is a reduced bit value in
image_background->gray.
2525

2526 2527
If you didn't call png_set_gamma() before reading the file header, for example
if you need your code to remain compatible with older versions of libpng prior
2528
to libpng-1.5.4, this is the place to call it.
2529

2530 2531 2532 2533
Do not call it if you called png_set_alpha_mode(); doing so will damage the
settings put in place by png_set_alpha_mode().  (If png_set_alpha_mode() is
supported then you can certainly do png_set_gamma() before reading the PNG
header.)
2534

2535 2536 2537 2538 2539
This API unconditionally sets the screen and file gamma values, so it will
override the value in the PNG file unless it is called before the PNG file
reading starts.  For this reason you must always call it with the PNG file
value when you call it in this position:

2540 2541
   if (png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &file_gamma))
      png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, file_gamma);
2542

2543
   else
2544
      png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, 0.45455);
2545

2546
If you need to reduce an RGB file to a paletted file, or if a paletted
2547
file has more entries than will fit on your screen, png_set_quantize()
2548
will do that.  Note that this is a simple match quantization that merely
2549
finds the closest color available.  This should work fairly well with
2550
optimized palettes, but fairly badly with linear color cubes.  If you
2551
pass a palette that is larger than maximum_colors, the file will
2552
reduce the number of colors in the palette so it will fit into
2553
maximum_colors.  If there is a histogram, libpng will use it to make
2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559
more intelligent choices when reducing the palette.  If there is no
histogram, it may not do as good a job.

   if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR)
   {
      if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr,
2560
          PNG_INFO_PLTE))
2561 2562 2563 2564
      {
         png_uint_16p histogram = NULL;

         png_get_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr,
2565
             &histogram);
2566 2567 2568
         png_set_quantize(png_ptr, palette, num_palette,
            max_screen_colors, histogram, 1);
      }
2569

2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580
      else
      {
         png_color std_color_cube[MAX_SCREEN_COLORS] =
            { ... colors ... };

         png_set_quantize(png_ptr, std_color_cube,
            MAX_SCREEN_COLORS, MAX_SCREEN_COLORS,
            NULL,0);
      }
   }

2581 2582 2583 2584
PNG files describe monochrome as black being zero and white being one.
The following code will reverse this (make black be one and white be
zero):

2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590
   if (bit_depth == 1 && color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY)
      png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr);

This function can also be used to invert grayscale and gray-alpha images:

   if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY ||
2591
       color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA)
2592 2593
      png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr);

2594
PNG files store 16-bit pixels in network byte order (big-endian,
2595 2596
ie. most significant bits first).  This code changes the storage to the
other way (little-endian, i.e. least significant bits first, the
2597 2598 2599
way PCs store them):

    if (bit_depth == 16)
2600
       png_set_swap(png_ptr);
2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607

If you are using packed-pixel images (1, 2, or 4 bits/pixel), and you
need to change the order the pixels are packed into bytes, you can use:

    if (bit_depth < 8)
       png_set_packswap(png_ptr);

2608 2609 2610 2611 2612
Finally, you can write your own transformation function if none of
the existing ones meets your needs.  This is done by setting a callback
with

    png_set_read_user_transform_fn(png_ptr,
2613
        read_transform_fn);
2614 2615 2616

You must supply the function

2617
    void read_transform_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_row_infop
2618
        row_info, png_bytep data)
2619 2620

See pngtest.c for a working example.  Your function will be called
2621 2622 2623 2624
after all of the other transformations have been processed.  Take care with
interlaced images if you do the interlace yourself - the width of the row is the
width in 'row_info', not the overall image width.

2625
If supported, libpng provides two information routines that you can use to find
2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634
where you are in processing the image:

   png_get_current_pass_number(png_structp png_ptr);
   png_get_current_row_number(png_structp png_ptr);

Don't try using these outside a transform callback - firstly they are only
supported if user transforms are supported, secondly they may well return
unexpected results unless the row is actually being processed at the moment they
are called.
2635

2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643
With interlaced
images the value returned is the row in the input sub-image image.  Use
PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(row, pass) and PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(col, pass) to
find the output pixel (x,y) given an interlaced sub-image pixel (row,col,pass).

The discussion of interlace handling above contains more information on how to
use these values.

2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649
You can also set up a pointer to a user structure for use by your
callback function, and you can inform libpng that your transform
function will change the number of channels or bit depth with the
function

    png_set_user_transform_info(png_ptr, user_ptr,
2650
        user_depth, user_channels);
2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658

The user's application, not libpng, is responsible for allocating and
freeing any memory required for the user structure.

You can retrieve the pointer via the function
png_get_user_transform_ptr().  For example:

    voidp read_user_transform_ptr =
2659
        png_get_user_transform_ptr(png_ptr);
2660

2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668
The last thing to handle is interlacing; this is covered in detail below,
but you must call the function here if you want libpng to handle expansion
of the interlaced image.

    number_of_passes = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr);

After setting the transformations, libpng can update your png_info
structure to reflect any transformations you've requested with this
2669
call.
2670 2671 2672

    png_read_update_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);

2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678
This is most useful to update the info structure's rowbytes
field so you can use it to allocate your image memory.  This function
will also update your palette with the correct screen_gamma and
background if these have been given with the calls above.  You may
only call png_read_update_info() once with a particular info_ptr.

2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686
After you call png_read_update_info(), you can allocate any
memory you need to hold the image.  The row data is simply
raw byte data for all forms of images.  As the actual allocation
varies among applications, no example will be given.  If you
are allocating one large chunk, you will need to build an
array of pointers to each row, as it will be needed for some
of the functions below.

2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696
Be sure that your platform can allocate the buffer that you'll need.
libpng internally checks for oversize width, but you'll need to
do your own check for number_of_rows*width*pixel_size if you are using
a multiple-row buffer:

   /* Guard against integer overflow */
   if (number_of_rows > PNG_SIZE_MAX/(width*pixel_size)) {
        png_error(png_ptr,"image_data buffer would be too large");
   }

2697
Remember: Before you call png_read_update_info(), the png_get_*()
2698 2699 2700
functions return the values corresponding to the original PNG image.
After you call png_read_update_info the values refer to the image
that libpng will output.  Consequently you must call all the png_set_
2701 2702 2703
functions before you call png_read_update_info().  This is particularly
important for png_set_interlace_handling() - if you are going to call
png_read_update_info() you must call png_set_interlace_handling() before
2704 2705
it unless you want to receive interlaced output.

2706 2707
.SS Reading image data

2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714
After you've allocated memory, you can read the image data.
The simplest way to do this is in one function call.  If you are
allocating enough memory to hold the whole image, you can just
call png_read_image() and libpng will read in all the image data
and put it in the memory area supplied.  You will need to pass in
an array of pointers to each row.

2715 2716 2717 2718
This function automatically handles interlacing, so you don't
need to call png_set_interlace_handling() (unless you call
png_read_update_info()) or call this function multiple times, or any
of that other stuff necessary with png_read_rows().
2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729

   png_read_image(png_ptr, row_pointers);

where row_pointers is:

   png_bytep row_pointers[height];

You can point to void or char or whatever you use for pixels.

If you don't want to read in the whole image at once, you can
use png_read_rows() instead.  If there is no interlacing (check
2730
interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_NONE), this is simple:
2731 2732

    png_read_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL,
2733
        number_of_rows);
2734 2735 2736 2737

where row_pointers is the same as in the png_read_image() call.

If you are doing this just one row at a time, you can do this with
2738
a single row_pointer instead of an array of row_pointers:
2739

2740
    png_bytep row_pointer = row;
2741
    png_read_row(png_ptr, row_pointer, NULL);
2742

2743 2744
If the file is interlaced (interlace_type != 0 in the IHDR chunk), things
get somewhat harder.  The only current (PNG Specification version 1.2)
2745 2746
interlacing type for PNG is (interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7);
a somewhat complicated 2D interlace scheme, known as Adam7, that
2747
breaks down an image into seven smaller images of varying size, based
2748 2749
on an 8x8 grid.  This number is defined (from libpng 1.5) as
PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7_PASSES in png.h
2750 2751

libpng can fill out those images or it can give them to you "as is".
2752 2753
It is almost always better to have libpng handle the interlacing for you.
If you want the images filled out, there are two ways to do that.  The one
2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762
mentioned in the PNG specification is to expand each pixel to cover
those pixels that have not been read yet (the "rectangle" method).
This results in a blocky image for the first pass, which gradually
smooths out as more pixels are read.  The other method is the "sparkle"
method, where pixels are drawn only in their final locations, with the
rest of the image remaining whatever colors they were initialized to
before the start of the read.  The first method usually looks better,
but tends to be slower, as there are more pixels to put in the rows.

2763 2764
If, as is likely, you want libpng to expand the images, call this before
calling png_start_read_image() or png_read_update_info():
2765

2766
    if (interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7)
2767
       number_of_passes
2768 2769
           = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr);

2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776
This will return the number of passes needed.  Currently, this is seven,
but may change if another interlace type is added.  This function can be
called even if the file is not interlaced, where it will return one pass.
You then need to read the whole image 'number_of_passes' times.  Each time
will distribute the pixels from the current pass to the correct place in
the output image, so you need to supply the same rows to png_read_rows in
each pass.
2777

2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784
If you are not going to display the image after each pass, but are
going to wait until the entire image is read in, use the sparkle
effect.  This effect is faster and the end result of either method
is exactly the same.  If you are planning on displaying the image
after each pass, the "rectangle" effect is generally considered the
better looking one.

2785 2786
If you only want the "sparkle" effect, just call png_read_row() or
png_read_rows() as
2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793
normal, with the third parameter NULL.  Make sure you make pass over
the image number_of_passes times, and you don't change the data in the
rows between calls.  You can change the locations of the data, just
not the data.  Each pass only writes the pixels appropriate for that
pass, and assumes the data from previous passes is still valid.

    png_read_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL,
2794
        number_of_rows);
2795 2796
    or
    png_read_row(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL);
2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802

If you only want the first effect (the rectangles), do the same as
before except pass the row buffer in the third parameter, and leave
the second parameter NULL.

    png_read_rows(png_ptr, NULL, row_pointers,
2803
        number_of_rows);
2804 2805
    or
    png_read_row(png_ptr, NULL, row_pointers);
2806

2807 2808
If you don't want libpng to handle the interlacing details, just call
png_read_rows() PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7_PASSES times to read in all the images.
2809
Each of the images is a valid image by itself; however, you will almost
2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857
certainly need to distribute the pixels from each sub-image to the
correct place.  This is where everything gets very tricky.

If you want to retrieve the separate images you must pass the correct
number of rows to each successive call of png_read_rows().  The calculation
gets pretty complicated for small images, where some sub-images may
not even exist because either their width or height ends up zero.
libpng provides two macros to help you in 1.5 and later versions:

   png_uint_32 width = PNG_PASS_COLS(image_width, pass_number);
   png_uint_32 height = PNG_PASS_ROWS(image_height, pass_number);

Respectively these tell you the width and height of the sub-image
corresponding to the numbered pass.  'pass' is in in the range 0 to 6 -
this can be confusing because the specification refers to the same passes
as 1 to 7!  Be careful, you must check both the width and height before
calling png_read_rows() and not call it for that pass if either is zero.

You can, of course, read each sub-image row by row.  If you want to
produce optimal code to make a pixel-by-pixel transformation of an
interlaced image this is the best approach; read each row of each pass,
transform it, and write it out to a new interlaced image.

If you want to de-interlace the image yourself libpng provides further
macros to help that tell you where to place the pixels in the output image.
Because the interlacing scheme is rectangular - sub-image pixels are always
arranged on a rectangular grid - all you need to know for each pass is the
starting column and row in the output image of the first pixel plus the
spacing between each pixel.  As of libpng 1.5 there are four macros to
retrieve this information:

   png_uint_32 x = PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass);
   png_uint_32 y = PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass);
   png_uint_32 xStep = 1U << PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass);
   png_uint_32 yStep = 1U << PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass);

These allow you to write the obvious loop:

   png_uint_32 input_y = 0;
   png_uint_32 output_y = PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass);

   while (output_y < output_image_height)
   {
      png_uint_32 input_x = 0;
      png_uint_32 output_x = PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass);

      while (output_x < output_image_width)
      {
2858 2859 2860
         image[output_y][output_x] =
             subimage[pass][input_y][input_x++];

2861 2862 2863 2864
         output_x += xStep;
      }

      ++input_y;
2865
      output_y += yStep;
2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893
   }

Notice that the steps between successive output rows and columns are
returned as shifts.  This is possible because the pixels in the subimages
are always a power of 2 apart - 1, 2, 4 or 8 pixels - in the original
image.  In practice you may need to directly calculate the output coordinate
given an input coordinate.  libpng provides two further macros for this
purpose:

   png_uint_32 output_x = PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(input_x, pass);
   png_uint_32 output_y = PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(input_y, pass);

Finally a pair of macros are provided to tell you if a particular image
row or column appears in a given pass:

   int col_in_pass = PNG_COL_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(output_x, pass);
   int row_in_pass = PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(output_y, pass);

Bear in mind that you will probably also need to check the width and height
of the pass in addition to the above to be sure the pass even exists!

With any luck you are convinced by now that you don't want to do your own
interlace handling.  In reality normally the only good reason for doing this
is if you are processing PNG files on a pixel-by-pixel basis and don't want
to load the whole file into memory when it is interlaced.

libpng includes a test program, pngvalid, that illustrates reading and
writing of interlaced images.  If you can't get interlacing to work in your
2894
code and don't want to leave it to libpng (the recommended approach), see
2895 2896
how pngvalid.c does it.

2897 2898
.SS Finishing a sequential read

2899
After you are finished reading the image through the
2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908
low-level interface, you can finish reading the file.

If you want to use a different crc action for handling CRC errors in
chunks after the image data, you can call png_set_crc_action()
again at this point.

If you are interested in comments or time, which may be stored either
before or after the image data, you should pass the separate png_info
struct if you want to keep the comments from before and after the image
2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918
separate.

    png_infop end_info = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);

    if (!end_info)
    {
       png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
           (png_infopp)NULL);
       return (ERROR);
    }
2919 2920 2921

   png_read_end(png_ptr, end_info);

2922 2923
If you are not interested, you should still call png_read_end()
but you can pass NULL, avoiding the need to create an end_info structure.
2924 2925 2926
If you do this, libpng will not process any chunks after IDAT other than
skipping over them and perhaps (depending on whether you have called
png_set_crc_action) checking their CRCs while looking for the IEND chunk.
2927 2928 2929

   png_read_end(png_ptr, (png_infop)NULL);

2930 2931 2932 2933 2934
If you don't call png_read_end(), then your file pointer will be
left pointing to the first chunk after the last IDAT, which is probably
not what you want if you expect to read something beyond the end of
the PNG datastream.

2935 2936 2937 2938 2939
When you are done, you can free all memory allocated by libpng like this:

   png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
       &end_info);

2940 2941 2942 2943 2944
or, if you didn't create an end_info structure,

   png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
       (png_infopp)NULL);

2945
It is also possible to individually free the info_ptr members that
2946
point to libpng-allocated storage with the following function:
2947

2948
    png_free_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask, seq)
2949

2950
    mask - identifies data to be freed, a mask
2951
           containing the bitwise OR of one or
2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958
           more of
             PNG_FREE_PLTE, PNG_FREE_TRNS,
             PNG_FREE_HIST, PNG_FREE_ICCP,
             PNG_FREE_PCAL, PNG_FREE_ROWS,
             PNG_FREE_SCAL, PNG_FREE_SPLT,
             PNG_FREE_TEXT, PNG_FREE_UNKN,
           or simply PNG_FREE_ALL
2959

2960
    seq  - sequence number of item to be freed
2961
           (\-1 for all items)
2962

2963
This function may be safely called when the relevant storage has
2964
already been freed, or has not yet been allocated, or was allocated
2965 2966
by the user and not by libpng,  and will in those cases do nothing.
The "seq" parameter is ignored if only one item of the selected data
2967
type, such as PLTE, is allowed.  If "seq" is not \-1, and multiple items
2968 2969
are allowed for the data type identified in the mask, such as text or
sPLT, only the n'th item in the structure is freed, where n is "seq".
2970

2971 2972
The default behavior is only to free data that was allocated internally
by libpng.  This can be changed, so that libpng will not free the data,
2973
or so that it will free data that was allocated by the user with png_malloc()
2974
or png_calloc() and passed in via a png_set_*() function, with
2975 2976

    png_data_freer(png_ptr, info_ptr, freer, mask)
2977

2978 2979 2980 2981
    freer  - one of
               PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA
               PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA
               PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA
2982

2983 2984 2985
    mask   - which data elements are affected
             same choices as in png_free_data()

2986 2987 2988 2989 2990
This function only affects data that has already been allocated.
You can call this function after reading the PNG data but before calling
any png_set_*() functions, to control whether the user or the png_set_*()
function is responsible for freeing any existing data that might be present,
and again after the png_set_*() functions to control whether the user
2991 2992
or png_destroy_*() is supposed to free the data.  When the user assumes
responsibility for libpng-allocated data, the application must use
2993 2994
png_free() to free it, and when the user transfers responsibility to libpng
for data that the user has allocated, the user must have used png_malloc()
2995
or png_calloc() to allocate it.
2996 2997 2998 2999 3000

If you allocated your row_pointers in a single block, as suggested above in
the description of the high level read interface, you must not transfer
responsibility for freeing it to the png_set_rows or png_read_destroy function,
because they would also try to free the individual row_pointers[i].
3001

3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008
If you allocated text_ptr.text, text_ptr.lang, and text_ptr.translated_keyword
separately, do not transfer responsibility for freeing text_ptr to libpng,
because when libpng fills a png_text structure it combines these members with
the key member, and png_free_data() will free only text_ptr.key.  Similarly,
if you transfer responsibility for free'ing text_ptr from libpng to your
application, your application must not separately free those members.

3009
The png_free_data() function will turn off the "valid" flag for anything
3010 3011
it frees.  If you need to turn the flag off for a chunk that was freed by
your application instead of by libpng, you can use
3012 3013

    png_set_invalid(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask);
3014

3015
    mask - identifies the chunks to be made invalid,
3016
           containing the bitwise OR of one or
3017
           more of
3018 3019 3020
             PNG_INFO_gAMA, PNG_INFO_sBIT,
             PNG_INFO_cHRM, PNG_INFO_PLTE,
             PNG_INFO_tRNS, PNG_INFO_bKGD,
3021
             PNG_INFO_eXIf,
3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027
             PNG_INFO_hIST, PNG_INFO_pHYs,
             PNG_INFO_oFFs, PNG_INFO_tIME,
             PNG_INFO_pCAL, PNG_INFO_sRGB,
             PNG_INFO_iCCP, PNG_INFO_sPLT,
             PNG_INFO_sCAL, PNG_INFO_IDAT

3028 3029
For a more compact example of reading a PNG image, see the file example.c.

3030
.SS Reading PNG files progressively
3031

3032
The progressive reader is slightly different from the non-progressive
3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052
reader.  Instead of calling png_read_info(), png_read_rows(), and
png_read_end(), you make one call to png_process_data(), which calls
callbacks when it has the info, a row, or the end of the image.  You
set up these callbacks with png_set_progressive_read_fn().  You don't
have to worry about the input/output functions of libpng, as you are
giving the library the data directly in png_process_data().  I will
assume that you have read the section on reading PNG files above,
so I will only highlight the differences (although I will show
all of the code).

png_structp png_ptr;
png_infop info_ptr;

 /*  An example code fragment of how you would
     initialize the progressive reader in your
     application. */
 int
 initialize_png_reader()
 {
    png_ptr = png_create_read_struct
3053
        (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
3054
         user_error_fn, user_warning_fn);
3055

3056
    if (!png_ptr)
3057
        return (ERROR);
3058

3059
    info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
3060

3061 3062
    if (!info_ptr)
    {
3063 3064 3065
       png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr,
          (png_infopp)NULL, (png_infopp)NULL);
       return (ERROR);
3066 3067
    }

3068
    if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
3069
    {
3070 3071 3072
       png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
          (png_infopp)NULL);
       return (ERROR);
3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078
    }

    /* This one's new.  You can provide functions
       to be called when the header info is valid,
       when each row is completed, and when the image
       is finished.  If you aren't using all functions,
3079 3080 3081
       you can specify NULL parameters.  Even when all
       three functions are NULL, you need to call
       png_set_progressive_read_fn().  You can use
3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101
       any struct as the user_ptr (cast to a void pointer
       for the function call), and retrieve the pointer
       from inside the callbacks using the function

          png_get_progressive_ptr(png_ptr);

       which will return a void pointer, which you have
       to cast appropriately.
     */
    png_set_progressive_read_fn(png_ptr, (void *)user_ptr,
        info_callback, row_callback, end_callback);

    return 0;
 }

 /* A code fragment that you call as you receive blocks
   of data */
 int
 process_data(png_bytep buffer, png_uint_32 length)
 {
3102
    if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
3103
    {
3104
       png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
3105
           (png_infopp)NULL);
3106
       return (ERROR);
3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112
    }

    /* This one's new also.  Simply give it a chunk
       of data from the file stream (in order, of
       course).  On machines with segmented memory
       models machines, don't give it any more than
3113
       64K.  The library seems to run fine with sizes
3114 3115
       of 4K. Although you can give it much less if
       necessary (I assume you can give it chunks of
3116
       1 byte, I haven't tried less than 256 bytes
3117 3118 3119
       yet).  When this function returns, you may
       want to display any rows that were generated
       in the row callback if you don't already do
3120
       so there.
3121 3122
     */
    png_process_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, buffer, length);
3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128

    /* At this point you can call png_process_data_skip if
       you want to handle data the library will skip yourself;
       it simply returns the number of bytes to skip (and stops
       libpng skipping that number of bytes on the next
       png_process_data call).
3129 3130 3131 3132
    return 0;
 }

 /* This function is called (as set by
3133
    png_set_progressive_read_fn() above) when enough data
3134 3135 3136 3137
    has been supplied so all of the header has been
    read.
 */
 void
3138
 info_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info)
3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148
 {
    /* Do any setup here, including setting any of
       the transformations mentioned in the Reading
       PNG files section.  For now, you _must_ call
       either png_start_read_image() or
       png_read_update_info() after all the
       transformations are set (even if you don't set
       any).  You may start getting rows before
       png_process_data() returns, so this is your
       last chance to prepare for that.
3149 3150 3151

       This is where you turn on interlace handling,
       assuming you don't want to do it yourself.
3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161

       If you need to you can stop the processing of
       your original input data at this point by calling
       png_process_data_pause.  This returns the number
       of unprocessed bytes from the last png_process_data
       call - it is up to you to ensure that the next call
       sees these bytes again.  If you don't want to bother
       with this you can get libpng to cache the unread
       bytes by setting the 'save' parameter (see png.h) but
       then libpng will have to copy the data internally.
3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168
     */
 }

 /* This function is called when each row of image
    data is complete */
 void
 row_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_bytep new_row,
3169
    png_uint_32 row_num, int pass)
3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181
 {
    /* If the image is interlaced, and you turned
       on the interlace handler, this function will
       be called for every row in every pass.  Some
       of these rows will not be changed from the
       previous pass.  When the row is not changed,
       the new_row variable will be NULL.  The rows
       and passes are called in order, so you don't
       really need the row_num and pass, but I'm
       supplying them because it may make your life
       easier.

3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190
       If you did not turn on interlace handling then
       the callback is called for each row of each
       sub-image when the image is interlaced.  In this
       case 'row_num' is the row in the sub-image, not
       the row in the output image as it is in all other
       cases.

       For the non-NULL rows of interlaced images when
       you have switched on libpng interlace handling,
3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196
       you must call png_progressive_combine_row()
       passing in the row and the old row.  You can
       call this function for NULL rows (it will just
       return) and for non-interlaced images (it just
       does the memcpy for you) if it will make the
       code easier.  Thus, you can just do this for
3197
       all cases if you switch on interlace handling;
3198 3199 3200 3201 3202
     */

        png_progressive_combine_row(png_ptr, old_row,
          new_row);

3203
    /* where old_row is what was displayed
3204 3205
       previously for the row.  Note that the first
       pass (pass == 0, really) will completely cover
3206 3207 3208 3209 3210
       the old row, so the rows do not have to be
       initialized.  After the first pass (and only
       for interlaced images), you will have to pass
       the current row, and the function will combine
       the old row and the new row.
3211 3212 3213

       You can also call png_process_data_pause in this
       callback - see above.
3214
    */
3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231
 }

 void
 end_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info)
 {
    /* This function is called after the whole image
       has been read, including any chunks after the
       image (up to and including the IEND).  You
       will usually have the same info chunk as you
       had in the header, although some data may have
       been added to the comments and time fields.

       Most people won't do much here, perhaps setting
       a flag that marks the image as finished.
     */
 }

3232 3233


3234
.SH IV. Writing
3235 3236 3237 3238 3239

Much of this is very similar to reading.  However, everything of
importance is repeated here, so you won't have to constantly look
back up in the reading section to understand writing.

3240 3241
.SS Setup

3242 3243 3244 3245
You will want to do the I/O initialization before you get into libpng,
so if it doesn't work, you don't have anything to undo. If you are not
using the standard I/O functions, you will need to replace them with
custom writing functions.  See the discussion under Customizing libpng.
3246

3247
    FILE *fp = fopen(file_name, "wb");
3248

3249
    if (!fp)
3250
       return (ERROR);
3251 3252 3253 3254

Next, png_struct and png_info need to be allocated and initialized.
As these can be both relatively large, you may not want to store these
on the stack, unless you have stack space to spare.  Of course, you
3255 3256 3257 3258
will want to check if they return NULL.  If you are also reading,
you won't want to name your read structure and your write structure
both "png_ptr"; you can call them anything you like, such as
"read_ptr" and "write_ptr".  Look at pngtest.c, for example.
3259 3260

    png_structp png_ptr = png_create_write_struct
3261
       (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
3262
        user_error_fn, user_warning_fn);
3263

3264
    if (!png_ptr)
3265
       return (ERROR);
3266 3267 3268 3269 3270

    png_infop info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
    if (!info_ptr)
    {
       png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr,
3271
           (png_infopp)NULL);
3272
       return (ERROR);
3273 3274
    }

3275 3276
If you want to use your own memory allocation routines,
define PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED and use
3277
png_create_write_struct_2() instead of png_create_write_struct():
3278 3279

    png_structp png_ptr = png_create_write_struct_2
3280
       (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
3281 3282 3283
        user_error_fn, user_warning_fn, (png_voidp)
        user_mem_ptr, user_malloc_fn, user_free_fn);

3284 3285 3286
After you have these structures, you will need to set up the
error handling.  When libpng encounters an error, it expects to
longjmp() back to your routine.  Therefore, you will need to call
3287
setjmp() and pass the png_jmpbuf(png_ptr).  If you
3288
write the file from different routines, you will need to update
3289 3290
the png_jmpbuf(png_ptr) every time you enter a new routine that will
call a png_*() function.  See your documentation of setjmp/longjmp
3291 3292 3293
for your compiler for more information on setjmp/longjmp.  See
the discussion on libpng error handling in the Customizing Libpng
section below for more information on the libpng error handling.
3294

3295
    if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
3296
    {
3297
    png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);
3298 3299
       fclose(fp);
       return (ERROR);
3300
    }
3301 3302
    ...
    return;
3303

3304
If you would rather avoid the complexity of setjmp/longjmp issues,
3305
you can compile libpng with PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case
3306 3307
errors will result in a call to PNG_ABORT() which defaults to abort().

3308 3309 3310 3311
You can #define PNG_ABORT() to a function that does something
more useful than abort(), as long as your function does not
return.

3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325
Checking for invalid palette index on write was added at libpng
1.5.10.  If a pixel contains an invalid (out-of-range) index libpng issues
a benign error.  This is enabled by default because this condition is an
error according to the PNG specification, Clause 11.3.2, but the error can
be ignored in each png_ptr with

   png_set_check_for_invalid_index(png_ptr, 0);

If the error is ignored, or if png_benign_error() treats it as a warning,
any invalid pixels are written as-is by the encoder, resulting in an
invalid PNG datastream as output.  In this case the application is
responsible for ensuring that the pixel indexes are in range when it writes
a PLTE chunk with fewer entries than the bit depth would allow.

3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334
Now you need to set up the output code.  The default for libpng is to
use the C function fwrite().  If you use this, you will need to pass a
valid FILE * in the function png_init_io().  Be sure that the file is
opened in binary mode.  Again, if you wish to handle writing data in
another way, see the discussion on libpng I/O handling in the Customizing
Libpng section below.

    png_init_io(png_ptr, fp);

3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342
If you are embedding your PNG into a datastream such as MNG, and don't
want libpng to write the 8-byte signature, or if you have already
written the signature in your application, use

    png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, 8);

to inform libpng that it should not write a signature.

3343 3344
.SS Write callbacks

3345 3346 3347 3348 3349
At this point, you can set up a callback function that will be
called after each row has been written, which you can use to control
a progress meter or the like.  It's demonstrated in pngtest.c.
You must supply a function

3350
    void write_row_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_uint_32 row,
3351
       int pass);
3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361
    {
      /* put your code here */
    }

(You can give it another name that you like instead of "write_row_callback")

To inform libpng about your function, use

    png_set_write_status_fn(png_ptr, write_row_callback);

3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368
When this function is called the row has already been completely processed and
it has also been written out.  The 'row' and 'pass' refer to the next row to be
handled.  For the
non-interlaced case the row that was just handled is simply one less than the
passed in row number, and pass will always be 0.  For the interlaced case the
same applies unless the row value is 0, in which case the row just handled was
the last one from one of the preceding passes.  Because interlacing may skip a
3369
pass you cannot be sure that the preceding pass is just 'pass\-1', if you really
3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375
need to know what the last pass is record (row,pass) from the callback and use
the last recorded value each time.

As with the user transform you can find the output row using the
PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW macro.

3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383
You now have the option of modifying how the compression library will
run.  The following functions are mainly for testing, but may be useful
in some cases, like if you need to write PNG files extremely fast and
are willing to give up some compression, or if you want to get the
maximum possible compression at the expense of slower writing.  If you
have no special needs in this area, let the library do what it wants by
not calling this function at all, as it has been tuned to deliver a good
speed/compression ratio. The second parameter to png_set_filter() is
3384 3385 3386 3387
the filter method, for which the only valid values are 0 (as of the
July 1999 PNG specification, version 1.2) or 64 (if you are writing
a PNG datastream that is to be embedded in a MNG datastream).  The third
parameter is a flag that indicates which filter type(s) are to be tested
3388 3389
for each scanline.  See the PNG specification for details on the specific
filter types.
3390

3391

3392
    /* turn on or off filtering, and/or choose
3393
       specific filters.  You can use either a single
3394
       PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NAME or the bitwise OR of one
3395 3396
       or more PNG_FILTER_NAME masks.
     */
3397
    png_set_filter(png_ptr, 0,
3398 3399 3400
       PNG_FILTER_NONE  | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NONE |
       PNG_FILTER_SUB   | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_SUB  |
       PNG_FILTER_UP    | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_UP   |
3401
       PNG_FILTER_AVG   | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_AVG  |
3402
       PNG_FILTER_PAETH | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_PAETH|
3403
       PNG_ALL_FILTERS  | PNG_FAST_FILTERS);
3404

3405 3406 3407 3408
If an application wants to start and stop using particular filters during
compression, it should start out with all of the filters (to ensure that
the previous row of pixels will be stored in case it's needed later),
and then add and remove them after the start of compression.
3409

3410 3411 3412
If you are writing a PNG datastream that is to be embedded in a MNG
datastream, the second parameter can be either 0 or 64.

3413
The png_set_compression_*() functions interface to the zlib compression
3414 3415 3416
library, and should mostly be ignored unless you really know what you are
doing.  The only generally useful call is png_set_compression_level()
which changes how much time zlib spends on trying to compress the image
3417 3418
data.  See the Compression Library (zlib.h and algorithm.txt, distributed
with zlib) for details on the compression levels.
3419

3420 3421
    #include zlib.h

3422
    /* Set the zlib compression level */
3423 3424 3425
    png_set_compression_level(png_ptr,
        Z_BEST_COMPRESSION);

3426
    /* Set other zlib parameters for compressing IDAT */
3427 3428 3429 3430 3431
    png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, 8);
    png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
        Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY);
    png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, 15);
    png_set_compression_method(png_ptr, 8);
3432 3433
    png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, 8192)

3434 3435 3436 3437
    /* Set zlib parameters for text compression
     * If you don't call these, the parameters
     * fall back on those defined for IDAT chunks
     */
3438 3439 3440 3441 3442
    png_set_text_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, 8);
    png_set_text_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
        Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY);
    png_set_text_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, 15);
    png_set_text_compression_method(png_ptr, 8);
3443

3444 3445
.SS Setting the contents of info for output

3446 3447 3448
You now need to fill in the png_info structure with all the data you
wish to write before the actual image.  Note that the only thing you
are allowed to write after the image is the text chunks and the time
3449
chunk (as of PNG Specification 1.2, anyway).  See png_write_end() and
3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460
the latest PNG specification for more information on that.  If you
wish to write them before the image, fill them in now, and flag that
data as being valid.  If you want to wait until after the data, don't
fill them until png_write_end().  For all the fields in png_info and
their data types, see png.h.  For explanations of what the fields
contain, see the PNG specification.

Some of the more important parts of the png_info are:

    png_set_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, width, height,
       bit_depth, color_type, interlace_type,
3461
       compression_type, filter_method)
3462

3463 3464
    width          - holds the width of the image
                     in pixels (up to 2^31).
3465

3466 3467
    height         - holds the height of the image
                     in pixels (up to 2^31).
3468

3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474
    bit_depth      - holds the bit depth of one of the
                     image channels.
                     (valid values are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16
                     and depend also on the
                     color_type.  See also significant
                     bits (sBIT) below).
3475

3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492
    color_type     - describes which color/alpha
                     channels are present.
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY
                        (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8, 16)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA
                        (bit depths 8, 16)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE
                        (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB
                        (bit_depths 8, 16)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA
                        (bit_depths 8, 16)

                     PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE
                     PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR
                     PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA

3493 3494
    interlace_type - PNG_INTERLACE_NONE or
                     PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7
3495

3496 3497
    compression_type - (must be
                     PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_DEFAULT)
3498

3499 3500 3501 3502 3503
    filter_method  - (must be PNG_FILTER_TYPE_DEFAULT
                     or, if you are writing a PNG to
                     be embedded in a MNG datastream,
                     can also be
                     PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING)
3504

3505
If you call png_set_IHDR(), the call must appear before any of the
3506
other png_set_*() functions, because they might require access to some of
3507 3508 3509
the IHDR settings.  The remaining png_set_*() functions can be called
in any order.

G
Glenn Randers-Pehrson 已提交
3510 3511 3512
If you wish, you can reset the compression_type, interlace_type, or
filter_method later by calling png_set_IHDR() again; if you do this, the
width, height, bit_depth, and color_type must be the same in each call.
3513

3514 3515
    png_set_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, palette,
       num_palette);
3516

3517 3518 3519 3520
    palette        - the palette for the file
                     (array of png_color)
    num_palette    - number of entries in the palette

3521

3522 3523 3524 3525 3526
    png_set_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, file_gamma);
    png_set_gAMA_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_file_gamma);

    file_gamma     - the gamma at which the image was
                     created (PNG_INFO_gAMA)
3527

3528 3529
    int_file_gamma - 100,000 times the gamma at which
                     the image was created
3530

3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552
    png_set_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr,  white_x, white_y, red_x, red_y,
                     green_x, green_y, blue_x, blue_y)
    png_set_cHRM_XYZ(png_ptr, info_ptr, red_X, red_Y, red_Z, green_X,
                     green_Y, green_Z, blue_X, blue_Y, blue_Z)
    png_set_cHRM_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_white_x, int_white_y,
                     int_red_x, int_red_y, int_green_x, int_green_y,
                     int_blue_x, int_blue_y)
    png_set_cHRM_XYZ_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_red_X, int_red_Y,
                     int_red_Z, int_green_X, int_green_Y, int_green_Z,
                     int_blue_X, int_blue_Y, int_blue_Z)

    {white,red,green,blue}_{x,y}
                     A color space encoding specified using the chromaticities
                     of the end points and the white point.

    {red,green,blue}_{X,Y,Z}
                     A color space encoding specified using the encoding end
                     points - the CIE tristimulus specification of the intended
                     color of the red, green and blue channels in the PNG RGB
                     data.  The white point is simply the sum of the three end
                     points.

3553
    png_set_sRGB(png_ptr, info_ptr, srgb_intent);
3554

3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565
    srgb_intent    - the rendering intent
                     (PNG_INFO_sRGB) The presence of
                     the sRGB chunk means that the pixel
                     data is in the sRGB color space.
                     This chunk also implies specific
                     values of gAMA and cHRM.  Rendering
                     intent is the CSS-1 property that
                     has been defined by the International
                     Color Consortium
                     (http://www.color.org).
                     It can be one of
3566 3567 3568 3569
                     PNG_sRGB_INTENT_SATURATION,
                     PNG_sRGB_INTENT_PERCEPTUAL,
                     PNG_sRGB_INTENT_ABSOLUTE, or
                     PNG_sRGB_INTENT_RELATIVE.
3570

3571 3572 3573

    png_set_sRGB_gAMA_and_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr,
       srgb_intent);
3574

3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583
    srgb_intent    - the rendering intent
                     (PNG_INFO_sRGB) The presence of the
                     sRGB chunk means that the pixel
                     data is in the sRGB color space.
                     This function also causes gAMA and
                     cHRM chunks with the specific values
                     that are consistent with sRGB to be
                     written.

3584
    png_set_iCCP(png_ptr, info_ptr, name, compression_type,
3585
                       profile, proflen);
3586

3587
    name             - The profile name.
3588

3589 3590 3591 3592
    compression_type - The compression type; always
                       PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE for PNG 1.0.
                       You may give NULL to this argument to
                       ignore it.
3593

3594 3595
    profile          - International Color Consortium color
                       profile data. May contain NULs.
3596

3597
    proflen          - length of profile data in bytes.
3598

3599
    png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, sig_bit);
3600

3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606
    sig_bit        - the number of significant bits for
                     (PNG_INFO_sBIT) each of the gray, red,
                     green, and blue channels, whichever are
                     appropriate for the given color type
                     (png_color_16)

3607 3608
    png_set_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, trans_alpha,
       num_trans, trans_color);
3609

3610 3611
    trans_alpha    - array of alpha (transparency)
                     entries for palette (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
3612

3613 3614 3615
    num_trans      - number of transparent entries
                     (PNG_INFO_tRNS)

G
Glenn Randers-Pehrson 已提交
3616 3617 3618
    trans_color    - graylevel or color sample values
                     (in order red, green, blue) of the
                     single transparent color for
3619
                     non-paletted images (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
3620

3621 3622
    png_set_eXIf(png_ptr, info_ptr, exif);

3623
    exif           - Exif profile (array of
3624 3625
                     png_byte) (PNG_INFO_eXIf)

3626
    png_set_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, hist);
3627

3628
    hist           - histogram of palette (array of
3629
                     png_uint_16) (PNG_INFO_hIST)
3630 3631

    png_set_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, mod_time);
3632

3633 3634 3635 3636
    mod_time       - time image was last modified
                     (PNG_VALID_tIME)

    png_set_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, background);
3637

3638 3639
    background     - background color (of type
                     png_color_16p) (PNG_VALID_bKGD)
3640 3641

    png_set_text(png_ptr, info_ptr, text_ptr, num_text);
3642

3643 3644
    text_ptr       - array of png_text holding image
                     comments
3645

3646
    text_ptr[i].compression - type of compression used
3647 3648 3649 3650
                 on "text" PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
                           PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
                           PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
                           PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
3651 3652 3653 3654 3655
    text_ptr[i].key   - keyword for comment.  Must contain
                 1-79 characters.
    text_ptr[i].text  - text comments for current
                         keyword.  Can be NULL or empty.
    text_ptr[i].text_length - length of text string,
3656
                 after decompression, 0 for iTXt
3657
    text_ptr[i].itxt_length - length of itxt string,
3658
                 after decompression, 0 for tEXt/zTXt
3659 3660 3661 3662
    text_ptr[i].lang  - language of comment (NULL or
                         empty for unknown).
    text_ptr[i].translated_keyword  - keyword in UTF-8 (NULL
                         or empty for unknown).
3663

3664
    Note that the itxt_length, lang, and lang_key
3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671
    members of the text_ptr structure only exist when the
    library is built with iTXt chunk support.  Prior to
    libpng-1.4.0 the library was built by default without
    iTXt support. Also note that when iTXt is supported,
    they contain NULL pointers when the "compression"
    field contains PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or
    PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt.
3672

3673
    num_text       - number of comments
3674

3675 3676
    png_set_sPLT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette_ptr,
       num_spalettes);
3677

3678 3679 3680 3681 3682
    palette_ptr    - array of png_sPLT_struct structures
                     to be added to the list of palettes
                     in the info structure.
    num_spalettes  - number of palette structures to be
                     added.
3683

3684 3685
    png_set_oFFs(png_ptr, info_ptr, offset_x, offset_y,
        unit_type);
3686

3687 3688
    offset_x  - positive offset from the left
                     edge of the screen
3689

3690 3691
    offset_y  - positive offset from the top
                     edge of the screen
3692

3693 3694 3695 3696
    unit_type - PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL, PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER

    png_set_pHYs(png_ptr, info_ptr, res_x, res_y,
        unit_type);
3697

3698 3699
    res_x       - pixels/unit physical resolution
                  in x direction
3700

3701 3702
    res_y       - pixels/unit physical resolution
                  in y direction
3703

3704
    unit_type   - PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN,
3705 3706
                  PNG_RESOLUTION_METER

3707
    png_set_sCAL(png_ptr, info_ptr, unit, width, height)
3708

3709
    unit        - physical scale units (an integer)
3710

3711
    width       - width of a pixel in physical scale units
3712

3713 3714 3715 3716
    height      - height of a pixel in physical scale units
                  (width and height are doubles)

    png_set_sCAL_s(png_ptr, info_ptr, unit, width, height)
3717

3718
    unit        - physical scale units (an integer)
3719

3720
    width       - width of a pixel in physical scale units
3721
                  expressed as a string
3722

3723
    height      - height of a pixel in physical scale units
3724
                 (width and height are strings like "2.54")
3725

3726 3727
    png_set_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unknowns,
       num_unknowns)
3728

3729 3730
    unknowns          - array of png_unknown_chunk
                        structures holding unknown chunks
3731 3732
    unknowns[i].name  - name of unknown chunk
    unknowns[i].data  - data of unknown chunk
3733
    unknowns[i].size  - size of unknown chunk's data
3734 3735 3736 3737 3738
    unknowns[i].location - position to write chunk in file
                           0: do not write chunk
                           PNG_HAVE_IHDR: before PLTE
                           PNG_HAVE_PLTE: before IDAT
                           PNG_AFTER_IDAT: after IDAT
3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747

The "location" member is set automatically according to
what part of the output file has already been written.
You can change its value after calling png_set_unknown_chunks()
as demonstrated in pngtest.c.  Within each of the "locations",
the chunks are sequenced according to their position in the
structure (that is, the value of "i", which is the order in which
the chunk was either read from the input file or defined with
png_set_unknown_chunks).
3748 3749 3750

A quick word about text and num_text.  text is an array of png_text
structures.  num_text is the number of valid structures in the array.
3751 3752
Each png_text structure holds a language code, a keyword, a text value,
and a compression type.
3753

3754 3755 3756
The compression types have the same valid numbers as the compression
types of the image data.  Currently, the only valid number is zero.
However, you can store text either compressed or uncompressed, unlike
3757
images, which always have to be compressed.  So if you don't want the
3758
text compressed, set the compression type to PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE.
3759 3760 3761
Because tEXt and zTXt chunks don't have a language field, if you
specify PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
any language code or translated keyword will not be written out.
3762

3763
Until text gets around a few hundred bytes, it is not worth compressing it.
3764 3765 3766
After the text has been written out to the file, the compression type
is set to PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE_WR or PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt_WR,
so that it isn't written out again at the end (in case you are calling
3767
png_write_end() with the same struct).
3768 3769 3770 3771 3772

The keywords that are given in the PNG Specification are:

    Title            Short (one line) title or
                     caption for image
3773

3774
    Author           Name of image's creator
3775

3776
    Description      Description of image (possibly long)
3777

3778
    Copyright        Copyright notice
3779

3780
    Creation Time    Time of original image creation
3781
                     (usually RFC 1123 format, see below)
3782

3783
    Software         Software used to create the image
3784

3785
    Disclaimer       Legal disclaimer
3786

3787
    Warning          Warning of nature of content
3788

3789
    Source           Device used to create the image
3790

3791 3792 3793 3794 3795
    Comment          Miscellaneous comment; conversion
                     from other image format

The keyword-text pairs work like this.  Keywords should be short
simple descriptions of what the comment is about.  Some typical
3796
keywords are found in the PNG specification, as is some recommendations
3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813
on keywords.  You can repeat keywords in a file.  You can even write
some text before the image and some after.  For example, you may want
to put a description of the image before the image, but leave the
disclaimer until after, so viewers working over modem connections
don't have to wait for the disclaimer to go over the modem before
they start seeing the image.  Finally, keywords should be full
words, not abbreviations.  Keywords and text are in the ISO 8859-1
(Latin-1) character set (a superset of regular ASCII) and can not
contain NUL characters, and should not contain control or other
unprintable characters.  To make the comments widely readable, stick
with basic ASCII, and avoid machine specific character set extensions
like the IBM-PC character set.  The keyword must be present, but
you can leave off the text string on non-compressed pairs.
Compressed pairs must have a text string, as only the text string
is compressed anyway, so the compression would be meaningless.

PNG supports modification time via the png_time structure.  Two
3814
conversion routines are provided, png_convert_from_time_t() for
3815 3816 3817 3818 3819
time_t and png_convert_from_struct_tm() for struct tm.  The
time_t routine uses gmtime().  You don't have to use either of
these, but if you wish to fill in the png_time structure directly,
you should provide the time in universal time (GMT) if possible
instead of your local time.  Note that the year number is the full
3820
year (e.g. 1998, rather than 98 - PNG is year 2000 compliant!), and
3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829
that months start with 1.

If you want to store the time of the original image creation, you should
use a plain tEXt chunk with the "Creation Time" keyword.  This is
necessary because the "creation time" of a PNG image is somewhat vague,
depending on whether you mean the PNG file, the time the image was
created in a non-PNG format, a still photo from which the image was
scanned, or possibly the subject matter itself.  In order to facilitate
machine-readable dates, it is recommended that the "Creation Time"
3830
tEXt chunk use RFC 1123 format dates (e.g. "22 May 1997 18:07:10 GMT"),
3831 3832 3833
although this isn't a requirement.  Unlike the tIME chunk, the
"Creation Time" tEXt chunk is not expected to be automatically changed
by the software.  To facilitate the use of RFC 1123 dates, a function
3834
png_convert_to_rfc1123_buffer(buffer, png_timep) is provided to
3835 3836
convert from PNG time to an RFC 1123 format string.  The caller must provide
a writeable buffer of at least 29 bytes.
3837

3838 3839
.SS Writing unknown chunks

3840 3841 3842 3843 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 3878 3879 3880
You can use the png_set_unknown_chunks function to queue up private chunks
for writing.  You give it a chunk name, location, raw data, and a size.  You
also must use png_set_keep_unknown_chunks() to ensure that libpng will
handle them.  That's all there is to it.  The chunks will be written by the
next following png_write_info_before_PLTE, png_write_info, or png_write_end
function, depending upon the specified location.  Any chunks previously
read into the info structure's unknown-chunk list will also be written out
in a sequence that satisfies the PNG specification's ordering rules.

Here is an example of writing two private chunks, prVt and miNE:

    #ifdef PNG_WRITE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED
    /* Set unknown chunk data */
    png_unknown_chunk unk_chunk[2];
    strcpy((char *) unk_chunk[0].name, "prVt";
    unk_chunk[0].data = (unsigned char *) "PRIVATE DATA";
    unk_chunk[0].size = strlen(unk_chunk[0].data)+1;
    unk_chunk[0].location = PNG_HAVE_IHDR;
    strcpy((char *) unk_chunk[1].name, "miNE";
    unk_chunk[1].data = (unsigned char *) "MY CHUNK DATA";
    unk_chunk[1].size = strlen(unk_chunk[0].data)+1;
    unk_chunk[1].location = PNG_AFTER_IDAT;
    png_set_unknown_chunks(write_ptr, write_info_ptr,
        unk_chunk, 2);
    /* Needed because miNE is not safe-to-copy */
    png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(png, PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS,
       (png_bytep) "miNE", 1);
    # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10600
      /* Deal with unknown chunk location bug in 1.5.x and earlier */
      png_set_unknown_chunk_location(png, info, 0, PNG_HAVE_IHDR);
      png_set_unknown_chunk_location(png, info, 1, PNG_AFTER_IDAT);
    # endif
    # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10500
      /* PNG_AFTER_IDAT writes two copies of the chunk prior to libpng-1.5.0,
       * one before IDAT and another after IDAT, so don't use it; only use
       * PNG_HAVE_IHDR location.  This call resets the location previously
       * set by assignment and png_set_unknown_chunk_location() for chunk 1.
       */
      png_set_unknown_chunk_location(png, info, 1, PNG_HAVE_IHDR);
    # endif
    #endif
3881

3882 3883 3884 3885 3886
.SS The high-level write interface

At this point there are two ways to proceed; through the high-level
write interface, or through a sequence of low-level write operations.
You can use the high-level interface if your image data is present
3887
in the info structure.  All defined output
3888
transformations are permitted, enabled by the following masks.
3889 3890 3891

    PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY      No transformation
    PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING       Pack 1, 2 and 4-bit samples
3892 3893
    PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP      Change order of packed
                                pixels to LSB first
3894
    PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO   Invert monochrome images
3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT         Normalize pixels to the
                                sBIT depth
    PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR           Flip RGB to BGR, RGBA
                                to BGRA
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA    Flip RGBA to ARGB or GA
                                to AG
    PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA  Change alpha from opacity
                                to transparency
3903
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN   Byte-swap 16-bit samples
3904 3905 3906 3907 3908 3909
    PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER        Strip out filler
                                      bytes (deprecated).
    PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_BEFORE Strip out leading
                                      filler bytes
    PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_AFTER  Strip out trailing
                                      filler bytes
3910

3911 3912
If you have valid image data in the info structure (you can use
png_set_rows() to put image data in the info structure), simply do this:
3913 3914 3915

    png_write_png(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_transforms, NULL)

3916
where png_transforms is an integer containing the bitwise OR of some set of
3917
transformation flags.  This call is equivalent to png_write_info(),
3918 3919
followed the set of transformations indicated by the transform mask,
then png_write_image(), and finally png_write_end().
3920

3921 3922
(The final parameter of this call is not yet used.  Someday it might point
to transformation parameters required by some future output transform.)
3923

3924 3925 3926
You must use png_transforms and not call any png_set_transform() functions
when you use png_write_png().

3927 3928 3929 3930 3931
.SS The low-level write interface

If you are going the low-level route instead, you are now ready to
write all the file information up to the actual image data.  You do
this with a call to png_write_info().
3932 3933 3934

    png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);

3935 3936
Note that there is one transformation you may need to do before
png_write_info().  In PNG files, the alpha channel in an image is the
3937 3938 3939 3940
level of opacity.  If your data is supplied as a level of transparency,
you can invert the alpha channel before you write it, so that 0 is
fully transparent and 255 (in 8-bit or paletted images) or 65535
(in 16-bit images) is fully opaque, with
3941 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948 3949 3950 3951

    png_set_invert_alpha(png_ptr);

This must appear before png_write_info() instead of later with the
other transformations because in the case of paletted images the tRNS
chunk data has to be inverted before the tRNS chunk is written.  If
your image is not a paletted image, the tRNS data (which in such cases
represents a single color to be rendered as transparent) won't need to
be changed, and you can safely do this transformation after your
png_write_info() call.

3952 3953 3954 3955 3956
If you need to write a private chunk that you want to appear before
the PLTE chunk when PLTE is present, you can write the PNG info in
two steps, and insert code to write your own chunk between them:

    png_write_info_before_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr);
3957
    png_set_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, info_ptr, ...);
3958 3959
    png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);

3960 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965
After you've written the file information, you can set up the library
to handle any special transformations of the image data.  The various
ways to transform the data will be described in the order that they
should occur.  This is important, as some of these change the color
type and/or bit depth of the data, and some others only work on
certain color types and bit depths.  Even though each transformation
3966
checks to see if it has data that it can do something with, you should
3967 3968 3969
make sure to only enable a transformation if it will be valid for the
data.  For example, don't swap red and blue on grayscale data.

3970
PNG files store RGB pixels packed into 3 or 6 bytes.  This code tells
3971
the library to strip input data that has 4 or 8 bytes per pixel down
3972 3973
to 3 or 6 bytes (or strip 2 or 4-byte grayscale+filler data to 1 or 2
bytes per pixel).
3974 3975 3976

    png_set_filler(png_ptr, 0, PNG_FILLER_BEFORE);

3977
where the 0 is unused, and the location is either PNG_FILLER_BEFORE or
3978 3979
PNG_FILLER_AFTER, depending upon whether the filler byte in the pixel
is stored XRGB or RGBX.
3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989

PNG files pack pixels of bit depths 1, 2, and 4 into bytes as small as
they can, resulting in, for example, 8 pixels per byte for 1 bit files.
If the data is supplied at 1 pixel per byte, use this code, which will
correctly pack the pixels into a single byte:

    png_set_packing(png_ptr);

PNG files reduce possible bit depths to 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16.  If your
data is of another bit depth, you can write an sBIT chunk into the
3990
file so that decoders can recover the original data if desired.
3991

3992 3993 3994
    /* Set the true bit depth of the image data */
    if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR)
    {
3995 3996 3997
       sig_bit.red = true_bit_depth;
       sig_bit.green = true_bit_depth;
       sig_bit.blue = true_bit_depth;
3998
    }
3999

4000 4001
    else
    {
4002
       sig_bit.gray = true_bit_depth;
4003
    }
4004

4005 4006
    if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA)
    {
4007
       sig_bit.alpha = true_bit_depth;
4008 4009 4010 4011 4012
    }

    png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit);

If the data is stored in the row buffer in a bit depth other than
4013
one supported by PNG (e.g. 3 bit data in the range 0-7 for a 4-bit PNG),
4014 4015 4016 4017 4018
this will scale the values to appear to be the correct bit depth as
is required by PNG.

    png_set_shift(png_ptr, &sig_bit);

4019
PNG files store 16-bit pixels in network byte order (big-endian,
4020
ie. most significant bits first).  This code would be used if they are
4021 4022
supplied the other way (little-endian, i.e. least significant bits
first, the way PCs store them):
4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043

    if (bit_depth > 8)
       png_set_swap(png_ptr);

If you are using packed-pixel images (1, 2, or 4 bits/pixel), and you
need to change the order the pixels are packed into bytes, you can use:

    if (bit_depth < 8)
       png_set_packswap(png_ptr);

PNG files store 3 color pixels in red, green, blue order.  This code
would be used if they are supplied as blue, green, red:

    png_set_bgr(png_ptr);

PNG files describe monochrome as black being zero and white being
one. This code would be used if the pixels are supplied with this reversed
(black being one and white being zero):

    png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr);

4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052
Finally, you can write your own transformation function if none of
the existing ones meets your needs.  This is done by setting a callback
with

    png_set_write_user_transform_fn(png_ptr,
       write_transform_fn);

You must supply the function

4053 4054
    void write_transform_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_row_infop
       row_info, png_bytep data)
4055 4056

See pngtest.c for a working example.  Your function will be called
4057 4058 4059 4060 4061
before any of the other transformations are processed.  If supported
libpng also supplies an information routine that may be called from
your callback:

   png_get_current_row_number(png_ptr);
4062 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067
   png_get_current_pass_number(png_ptr);

This returns the current row passed to the transform.  With interlaced
images the value returned is the row in the input sub-image image.  Use
PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(row, pass) and PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(col, pass) to
find the output pixel (x,y) given an interlaced sub-image pixel (row,col,pass).
4068

4069 4070
The discussion of interlace handling above contains more information on how to
use these values.
4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079

You can also set up a pointer to a user structure for use by your
callback function.

    png_set_user_transform_info(png_ptr, user_ptr, 0, 0);

The user_channels and user_depth parameters of this function are ignored
when writing; you can set them to zero as shown.

4080 4081
You can retrieve the pointer via the function png_get_user_transform_ptr().
For example:
4082 4083 4084

    voidp write_user_transform_ptr =
       png_get_user_transform_ptr(png_ptr);
4085

4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 4094 4095 4096 4097 4098 4099 4100
It is possible to have libpng flush any pending output, either manually,
or automatically after a certain number of lines have been written.  To
flush the output stream a single time call:

    png_write_flush(png_ptr);

and to have libpng flush the output stream periodically after a certain
number of scanlines have been written, call:

    png_set_flush(png_ptr, nrows);

Note that the distance between rows is from the last time png_write_flush()
was called, or the first row of the image if it has never been called.
So if you write 50 lines, and then png_set_flush 25, it will flush the
output on the next scanline, and every 25 lines thereafter, unless
4101
png_write_flush() is called before 25 more lines have been written.
4102
If nrows is too small (less than about 10 lines for a 640 pixel wide
4103
RGB image) the image compression may decrease noticeably (although this
4104 4105 4106 4107
may be acceptable for real-time applications).  Infrequent flushing will
only degrade the compression performance by a few percent over images
that do not use flushing.

4108 4109
.SS Writing the image data

4110
That's it for the transformations.  Now you can write the image data.
4111
The simplest way to do this is in one function call.  If you have the
4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121
whole image in memory, you can just call png_write_image() and libpng
will write the image.  You will need to pass in an array of pointers to
each row.  This function automatically handles interlacing, so you don't
need to call png_set_interlace_handling() or call this function multiple
times, or any of that other stuff necessary with png_write_rows().

    png_write_image(png_ptr, row_pointers);

where row_pointers is:

4122
    png_byte *row_pointers[height];
4123 4124 4125

You can point to void or char or whatever you use for pixels.

4126
If you don't want to write the whole image at once, you can
4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135
use png_write_rows() instead.  If the file is not interlaced,
this is simple:

    png_write_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers,
       number_of_rows);

row_pointers is the same as in the png_write_image() call.

If you are just writing one row at a time, you can do this with
4136
a single row_pointer instead of an array of row_pointers:
4137 4138 4139

    png_bytep row_pointer = row;

4140
    png_write_row(png_ptr, row_pointer);
4141

4142 4143 4144 4145 4146 4147 4148
When the file is interlaced, things can get a good deal more complicated.
The only currently (as of the PNG Specification version 1.2, dated July
1999) defined interlacing scheme for PNG files is the "Adam7" interlace
scheme, that breaks down an image into seven smaller images of varying
size.  libpng will build these images for you, or you can do them
yourself.  If you want to build them yourself, see the PNG specification
for details of which pixels to write when.
4149 4150 4151

If you don't want libpng to handle the interlacing details, just
use png_set_interlace_handling() and call png_write_rows() the
4152 4153
correct number of times to write all the sub-images
(png_set_interlace_handling() returns the number of sub-images.)
4154 4155 4156 4157

If you want libpng to build the sub-images, call this before you start
writing any rows:

4158
    number_of_passes = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr);
4159

4160 4161
This will return the number of passes needed.  Currently, this is seven,
but may change if another interlace type is added.
4162 4163 4164

Then write the complete image number_of_passes times.

4165 4166 4167 4168 4169 4170 4171 4172 4173 4174 4175 4176 4177
    png_write_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, number_of_rows);

Think carefully before you write an interlaced image.  Typically code that
reads such images reads all the image data into memory, uncompressed, before
doing any processing.  Only code that can display an image on the fly can
take advantage of the interlacing and even then the image has to be exactly
the correct size for the output device, because scaling an image requires
adjacent pixels and these are not available until all the passes have been
read.

If you do write an interlaced image you will hardly ever need to handle
the interlacing yourself.  Call png_set_interlace_handling() and use the
approach described above.
4178

4179 4180 4181 4182 4183 4184
The only time it is conceivable that you will really need to write an
interlaced image pass-by-pass is when you have read one pass by pass and
made some pixel-by-pixel transformation to it, as described in the read
code above.  In this case use the PNG_PASS_ROWS and PNG_PASS_COLS macros
to determine the size of each sub-image in turn and simply write the rows
you obtained from the read code.
4185

4186 4187
.SS Finishing a sequential write

4188 4189 4190 4191 4192 4193 4194 4195 4196 4197 4198
After you are finished writing the image, you should finish writing
the file.  If you are interested in writing comments or time, you should
pass an appropriately filled png_info pointer.  If you are not interested,
you can pass NULL.

    png_write_end(png_ptr, info_ptr);

When you are done, you can free all memory used by libpng like this:

    png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);

4199
It is also possible to individually free the info_ptr members that
4200
point to libpng-allocated storage with the following function:
4201

4202
    png_free_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask, seq)
4203

4204
    mask  - identifies data to be freed, a mask
4205
            containing the bitwise OR of one or
4206 4207 4208 4209 4210 4211 4212
            more of
              PNG_FREE_PLTE, PNG_FREE_TRNS,
              PNG_FREE_HIST, PNG_FREE_ICCP,
              PNG_FREE_PCAL, PNG_FREE_ROWS,
              PNG_FREE_SCAL, PNG_FREE_SPLT,
              PNG_FREE_TEXT, PNG_FREE_UNKN,
            or simply PNG_FREE_ALL
4213

4214
    seq   - sequence number of item to be freed
4215
            (\-1 for all items)
4216

4217
This function may be safely called when the relevant storage has
4218
already been freed, or has not yet been allocated, or was allocated
4219 4220
by the user  and not by libpng,  and will in those cases do nothing.
The "seq" parameter is ignored if only one item of the selected data
4221
type, such as PLTE, is allowed.  If "seq" is not \-1, and multiple items
4222 4223 4224 4225 4226
are allowed for the data type identified in the mask, such as text or
sPLT, only the n'th item in the structure is freed, where n is "seq".

If you allocated data such as a palette that you passed in to libpng
with png_set_*, you must not free it until just before the call to
4227
png_destroy_write_struct().
4228

4229 4230
The default behavior is only to free data that was allocated internally
by libpng.  This can be changed, so that libpng will not free the data,
4231
or so that it will free data that was allocated by the user with png_malloc()
4232
or png_calloc() and passed in via a png_set_*() function, with
4233 4234

    png_data_freer(png_ptr, info_ptr, freer, mask)
4235

4236 4237 4238 4239
    freer  - one of
               PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA
               PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA
               PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA
4240

4241 4242 4243
    mask   - which data elements are affected
             same choices as in png_free_data()

4244 4245 4246 4247 4248 4249
For example, to transfer responsibility for some data from a read structure
to a write structure, you could use

    png_data_freer(read_ptr, read_info_ptr,
       PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA,
       PNG_FREE_PLTE|PNG_FREE_tRNS|PNG_FREE_hIST)
4250

4251 4252 4253 4254
    png_data_freer(write_ptr, write_info_ptr,
       PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA,
       PNG_FREE_PLTE|PNG_FREE_tRNS|PNG_FREE_hIST)

4255
thereby briefly reassigning responsibility for freeing to the user but
4256 4257 4258 4259 4260
immediately afterwards reassigning it once more to the write_destroy
function.  Having done this, it would then be safe to destroy the read
structure and continue to use the PLTE, tRNS, and hIST data in the write
structure.

4261 4262 4263 4264
This function only affects data that has already been allocated.
You can call this function before calling after the png_set_*() functions
to control whether the user or png_destroy_*() is supposed to free the data.
When the user assumes responsibility for libpng-allocated data, the
4265 4266 4267
application must use
png_free() to free it, and when the user transfers responsibility to libpng
for data that the user has allocated, the user must have used png_malloc()
4268
or png_calloc() to allocate it.
4269 4270 4271 4272 4273 4274 4275

If you allocated text_ptr.text, text_ptr.lang, and text_ptr.translated_keyword
separately, do not transfer responsibility for freeing text_ptr to libpng,
because when libpng fills a png_text structure it combines these members with
the key member, and png_free_data() will free only text_ptr.key.  Similarly,
if you transfer responsibility for free'ing text_ptr from libpng to your
application, your application must not separately free those members.
4276 4277
For a more compact example of writing a PNG image, see the file example.c.

4278 4279 4280 4281 4282 4283
.SH V. Simplified API

The simplified API, which became available in libpng-1.6.0, hides the details
of both libpng and the PNG file format itself.
It allows PNG files to be read into a very limited number of
in-memory bitmap formats or to be written from the same formats.  If these
4284
formats do not accommodate your needs then you can, and should, use the more
4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290
sophisticated APIs above - these support a wide variety of in-memory formats
and a wide variety of sophisticated transformations to those formats as well
as a wide variety of APIs to manipulate ancilliary information.

To read a PNG file using the simplified API:

4291 4292 4293
  1) Declare a 'png_image' structure (see below) on the stack, set the
     version field to PNG_IMAGE_VERSION and the 'opaque' pointer to NULL
     (this is REQUIRED, your program may crash if you don't do it.)
4294 4295 4296

  2) Call the appropriate png_image_begin_read... function.

4297
  3) Set the png_image 'format' member to the required sample format.
4298

4299 4300 4301 4302
  4) Allocate a buffer for the image and, if required, the color-map.

  5) Call png_image_finish_read to read the image and, if required, the
     color-map into your buffers.
4303 4304 4305 4306

There are no restrictions on the format of the PNG input itself; all valid
color types, bit depths, and interlace methods are acceptable, and the
input image is transformed as necessary to the requested in-memory format
4307 4308 4309 4310
during the png_image_finish_read() step.  The only caveat is that if you
request a color-mapped image from a PNG that is full-color or makes
complex use of an alpha channel the transformation is extremely lossy and the
result may look terrible.
4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318

To write a PNG file using the simplified API:

  1) Declare a 'png_image' structure on the stack and memset()
     it to all zero.

  2) Initialize the members of the structure that describe the
     image, setting the 'format' member to the format of the
4319
     image samples.
4320 4321

  3) Call the appropriate png_image_write... function with a
4322 4323
     pointer to the image and, if necessary, the color-map to write
     the PNG data.
4324 4325

png_image is a structure that describes the in-memory format of an image
4326
when it is being read or defines the in-memory format of an image that you
4327 4328
need to write.  The "png_image" structure contains the following members:

4329
   png_controlp opaque  Initialize to NULL, free with png_image_free
4330
   png_uint_32  version Set to PNG_IMAGE_VERSION
4331 4332 4333 4334
   png_uint_32  width   Image width in pixels (columns)
   png_uint_32  height  Image height in pixels (rows)
   png_uint_32  format  Image format as defined below
   png_uint_32  flags   A bit mask containing informational flags
4335 4336 4337
   png_uint_32  colormap_entries; Number of entries in the color-map
   png_uint_32  warning_or_error;
   char         message[64];
4338

4339
In the event of an error or warning the "warning_or_error"
4340 4341 4342
field will be set to a non-zero value and the 'message' field will contain
a '\0' terminated string with the libpng error or warning message.  If both
warnings and an error were encountered, only the error is recorded.  If there
4343 4344
are multiple warnings, only the first one is recorded.

4345 4346 4347
The upper 30 bits of the "warning_or_error" value are reserved; the low two
bits contain a two bit code such that a value more than 1 indicates a failure
in the API just called:
4348

4349 4350 4351 4352
   0 - no warning or error
   1 - warning
   2 - error
   3 - error preceded by warning
4353 4354 4355

The pixels (samples) of the image have one to four channels whose components
have original values in the range 0 to 1.0:
4356

4357 4358 4359 4360 4361 4362 4363
  1: A single gray or luminance channel (G).
  2: A gray/luminance channel and an alpha channel (GA).
  3: Three red, green, blue color channels (RGB).
  4: Three color channels and an alpha channel (RGBA).

The channels are encoded in one of two ways:

4364
  a) As a small integer, value 0..255, contained in a single byte.  For the
4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371
alpha channel the original value is simply value/255.  For the color or
luminance channels the value is encoded according to the sRGB specification
and matches the 8-bit format expected by typical display devices.

The color/gray channels are not scaled (pre-multiplied) by the alpha
channel and are suitable for passing to color management software.

4372 4373 4374
  b) As a value in the range 0..65535, contained in a 2-byte integer, in
the native byte order of the platform on which the application is running.
All channels can be converted to the original value by dividing by 65535; all
4375 4376 4377 4378
channels are linear.  Color channels use the RGB encoding (RGB end-points) of
the sRGB specification.  This encoding is identified by the
PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR flag below.

4379 4380
When the simplified API needs to convert between sRGB and linear colorspaces,
the actual sRGB transfer curve defined in the sRGB specification (see the
4381
article at https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRGB) is used, not the gamma=1/2.2
4382 4383
approximation used elsewhere in libpng.

4384 4385 4386 4387 4388
When an alpha channel is present it is expected to denote pixel coverage
of the color or luminance channels and is returned as an associated alpha
channel: the color/gray channels are scaled (pre-multiplied) by the alpha
value.

4389 4390 4391 4392 4393
The samples are either contained directly in the image data, between 1 and 8
bytes per pixel according to the encoding, or are held in a color-map indexed
by bytes in the image data.  In the case of a color-map the color-map entries
are individual samples, encoded as above, and the image data has one byte per
pixel to select the relevant sample from the color-map.
4394

4395 4396 4397 4398
PNG_FORMAT_*

The #defines to be used in png_image::format.  Each #define identifies a
particular layout of channel data and, if present, alpha values.  There are
4399
separate defines for each of the two component encodings.
4400

4401 4402 4403 4404 4405
A format is built up using single bit flag values.  All combinations are
valid.  Formats can be built up from the flag values or you can use one of
the predefined values below.  When testing formats always use the FORMAT_FLAG
macros to test for individual features - future versions of the library may
add new flags.
4406

4407 4408 4409 4410 4411
When reading or writing color-mapped images the format should be set to the
format of the entries in the color-map then png_image_{read,write}_colormap
called to read or write the color-map and set the format correctly for the
image data.  Do not set the PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP bit directly!

4412
NOTE: libpng can be built with particular features disabled. If you see
4413 4414 4415
compiler errors because the definition of one of the following flags has been
compiled out it is because libpng does not have the required support.  It is
possible, however, for the libpng configuration to enable the format on just
4416 4417 4418
read or just write; in that case you may see an error at run time.
You can guard against this by checking for the definition of the
appropriate "_SUPPORTED" macro, one of:
4419 4420 4421

   PNG_SIMPLIFIED_{READ,WRITE}_{BGR,AFIRST}_SUPPORTED

4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427
   PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA    format with an alpha channel
   PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR    color format: otherwise grayscale
   PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR   2-byte channels else 1-byte
   PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP image data is color-mapped
   PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_BGR      BGR colors, else order is RGB
   PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST   alpha channel comes first
4428 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433

Supported formats are as follows.  Future versions of libpng may support more
formats; for compatibility with older versions simply check if the format
macro is defined using #ifdef.  These defines describe the in-memory layout
of the components of the pixels of the image.

4434
First the single byte (sRGB) formats:
4435

4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444
   PNG_FORMAT_GRAY
   PNG_FORMAT_GA
   PNG_FORMAT_AG
   PNG_FORMAT_RGB
   PNG_FORMAT_BGR
   PNG_FORMAT_RGBA
   PNG_FORMAT_ARGB
   PNG_FORMAT_BGRA
   PNG_FORMAT_ABGR
4445

4446
Then the linear 2-byte formats.  When naming these "Y" is used to
4447 4448
indicate a luminance (gray) channel.  The component order within the pixel
is always the same - there is no provision for swapping the order of the
4449 4450 4451
components in the linear format.  The components are 16-bit integers in
the native byte order for your platform, and there is no provision for
swapping the bytes to a different endian condition.
4452

4453
   PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_Y
4454 4455 4456 4457
   PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_Y_ALPHA
   PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_RGB
   PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_RGB_ALPHA

4458 4459 4460 4461
With color-mapped formats the image data is one byte for each pixel. The byte
is an index into the color-map which is formatted as above.  To obtain a
color-mapped format it is sufficient just to add the PNG_FOMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP
to one of the above definitions, or you can use one of the definitions below.
4462

4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468
   PNG_FORMAT_RGB_COLORMAP
   PNG_FORMAT_BGR_COLORMAP
   PNG_FORMAT_RGBA_COLORMAP
   PNG_FORMAT_ARGB_COLORMAP
   PNG_FORMAT_BGRA_COLORMAP
   PNG_FORMAT_ABGR_COLORMAP
4469

4470 4471
PNG_IMAGE macros

4472 4473 4474 4475
These are convenience macros to derive information from a png_image
structure.  The PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_ macros return values appropriate to the
actual image sample values - either the entries in the color-map or the
pixels in the image.  The PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_ macros return corresponding values
4476 4477 4478
for the pixels and will always return 1 for color-mapped formats.  The
remaining macros return information about the rows in the image and the
complete image.
4479 4480 4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 4486

NOTE: All the macros that take a png_image::format parameter are compile time
constants if the format parameter is, itself, a constant.  Therefore these
macros can be used in array declarations and case labels where required.
Similarly the macros are also pre-processor constants (sizeof is not used) so
they can be used in #if tests.

  PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_CHANNELS(fmt)
4487 4488
    Returns the total number of channels in a given format: 1..4

4489 4490
  PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)
    Returns the size in bytes of a single component of a pixel or color-map
4491
    entry (as appropriate) in the image: 1 or 2.
4492 4493 4494 4495 4496 4497

  PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_SIZE(fmt)
    This is the size of the sample data for one sample.  If the image is
    color-mapped it is the size of one color-map entry (and image pixels are
    one byte in size), otherwise it is the size of one image pixel.

4498 4499 4500 4501 4502 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510
  PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(fmt)
    The maximum size of the color-map required by the format expressed in a
    count of components.  This can be used to compile-time allocate a
    color-map:

    png_uint_16 colormap[PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(linear_fmt)];

    png_byte colormap[PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(sRGB_fmt)];

    Alternatively use the PNG_IMAGE_COLORMAP_SIZE macro below to use the
    information from one of the png_image_begin_read_ APIs and dynamically
    allocate the required memory.

4511 4512
  PNG_IMAGE_COLORMAP_SIZE(fmt)
   The size of the color-map required by the format; this is the size of the
4513
   color-map buffer passed to the png_image_{read,write}_colormap APIs. It is
4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520 4521 4522 4523 4524 4525
   a fixed number determined by the format so can easily be allocated on the
   stack if necessary.

Corresponding information about the pixels

  PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_CHANNELS(fmt)
   The number of separate channels (components) in a pixel; 1 for a
   color-mapped image.

  PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)\
   The size, in bytes, of each component in a pixel; 1 for a color-mapped
   image.
4526

4527
  PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_SIZE(fmt)
4528
   The size, in bytes, of a complete pixel; 1 for a color-mapped image.
4529

4530
Information about the whole row, or whole image
4531

4532 4533 4534 4535 4536
  PNG_IMAGE_ROW_STRIDE(image)
   Returns the total number of components in a single row of the image; this
   is the minimum 'row stride', the minimum count of components between each
   row.  For a color-mapped image this is the minimum number of bytes in a
   row.
4537

4538 4539 4540 4541 4542
   If you need the stride measured in bytes, row_stride_bytes is
   PNG_IMAGE_ROW_STRIDE(image) * PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)
   plus any padding bytes that your application might need, for example
   to start the next row on a 4-byte boundary.

4543
  PNG_IMAGE_BUFFER_SIZE(image, row_stride)
4544 4545 4546 4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560
   Return the size, in bytes, of an image buffer given a png_image and a row
   stride - the number of components to leave space for in each row.

  PNG_IMAGE_SIZE(image)
   Return the size, in bytes, of the image in memory given just a png_image;
   the row stride is the minimum stride required for the image.

  PNG_IMAGE_COLORMAP_SIZE(image)
   Return the size, in bytes, of the color-map of this image.  If the image
   format is not a color-map format this will return a size sufficient for
   256 entries in the given format; check PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP if
   you don't want to allocate a color-map in this case.

PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_*

Flags containing additional information about the image are held in
the 'flags' field of png_image.
4561

4562 4563 4564
  PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_COLORSPACE_NOT_sRGB == 0x01
    This indicates the the RGB values of the in-memory bitmap do not
    correspond to the red, green and blue end-points defined by sRGB.
4565

4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577 4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 4591
  PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_FAST == 0x02
   On write emphasise speed over compression; the resultant PNG file will be
   larger but will be produced significantly faster, particular for large
   images.  Do not use this option for images which will be distributed, only
   used it when producing intermediate files that will be read back in
   repeatedly.  For a typical 24-bit image the option will double the read
   speed at the cost of increasing the image size by 25%, however for many
   more compressible images the PNG file can be 10 times larger with only a
   slight speed gain.

  PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_16BIT_sRGB == 0x04
    On read if the image is a 16-bit per component image and there is no gAMA
    or sRGB chunk assume that the components are sRGB encoded.  Notice that
    images output by the simplified API always have gamma information; setting
    this flag only affects the interpretation of 16-bit images from an
    external source.  It is recommended that the application expose this flag
    to the user; the user can normally easily recognize the difference between
    linear and sRGB encoding.  This flag has no effect on write - the data
    passed to the write APIs must have the correct encoding (as defined
    above.)

    If the flag is not set (the default) input 16-bit per component data is
    assumed to be linear.

    NOTE: the flag can only be set after the png_image_begin_read_ call,
    because that call initializes the 'flags' field.
4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 4600 4601 4602 4603 4604 4605 4606 4607 4608 4609 4610 4611 4612 4613 4614

READ APIs

   The png_image passed to the read APIs must have been initialized by setting
   the png_controlp field 'opaque' to NULL (or, better, memset the whole thing.)

   int png_image_begin_read_from_file( png_imagep image,
     const char *file_name)

     The named file is opened for read and the image header
     is filled in from the PNG header in the file.

   int png_image_begin_read_from_stdio (png_imagep image,
     FILE* file)

      The PNG header is read from the stdio FILE object.

   int png_image_begin_read_from_memory(png_imagep image,
      png_const_voidp memory, png_size_t size)

      The PNG header is read from the given memory buffer.

   int png_image_finish_read(png_imagep image,
4615 4616
      png_colorp background, void *buffer,
      png_int_32 row_stride, void *colormap));
4617 4618 4619

      Finish reading the image into the supplied buffer and
      clean up the png_image structure.
4620

4621 4622 4623 4624 4625
      row_stride is the step, in png_byte or png_uint_16 units
      as appropriate, between adjacent rows.  A positive stride
      indicates that the top-most row is first in the buffer -
      the normal top-down arrangement.  A negative stride
      indicates that the bottom-most row is first in the buffer.
4626

4627 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632
      background need only be supplied if an alpha channel must
      be removed from a png_byte format and the removal is to be
      done by compositing on a solid color; otherwise it may be
      NULL and any composition will be done directly onto the
      buffer.  The value is an sRGB color to use for the
      background, for grayscale output the green channel is used.
4633

4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642
      For linear output removing the alpha channel is always done
      by compositing on black.

   void png_image_free(png_imagep image)

      Free any data allocated by libpng in image->opaque,
      setting the pointer to NULL.  May be called at any time
      after the structure is initialized.

4643 4644
When the simplified API needs to convert between sRGB and linear colorspaces,
the actual sRGB transfer curve defined in the sRGB specification (see the
4645
article at https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRGB) is used, not the gamma=1/2.2
4646
approximation used elsewhere in libpng.
4647 4648 4649 4650 4651 4652

WRITE APIS

For write you must initialize a png_image structure to describe the image to
be written:

4653
   version: must be set to PNG_IMAGE_VERSION
4654 4655 4656 4657 4658 4659 4660
   opaque: must be initialized to NULL
   width: image width in pixels
   height: image height in rows
   format: the format of the data you wish to write
   flags: set to 0 unless one of the defined flags applies; set
      PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_COLORSPACE_NOT_sRGB for color format images
      where the RGB values do not correspond to the colors in sRGB.
4661
   colormap_entries: set to the number of entries in the color-map (0 to 256)
4662 4663 4664

   int png_image_write_to_file, (png_imagep image,
      const char *file, int convert_to_8bit, const void *buffer,
4665
      png_int_32 row_stride, const void *colormap));
4666 4667 4668

      Write the image to the named file.

4669 4670 4671 4672 4673 4674 4675
   int png_image_write_to_memory (png_imagep image, void *memory,
      png_alloc_size_t * PNG_RESTRICT memory_bytes,
      int convert_to_8_bit, const void *buffer, ptrdiff_t row_stride,
      const void *colormap));

      Write the image to memory.

4676
   int png_image_write_to_stdio(png_imagep image, FILE *file,
4677 4678
      int convert_to_8_bit, const void *buffer,
      png_int_32 row_stride, const void *colormap)
4679 4680 4681 4682 4683 4684 4685 4686 4687 4688

      Write the image to the given (FILE*).

With all write APIs if image is in one of the linear formats with
(png_uint_16) data then setting convert_to_8_bit will cause the output to be
a (png_byte) PNG gamma encoded according to the sRGB specification, otherwise
a 16-bit linear encoded PNG file is written.

With all APIs row_stride is handled as in the read APIs - it is the spacing
from one row to the next in component sized units (float) and if negative
4689 4690
indicates a bottom-up row layout in the buffer.  If you pass zero, libpng will
calculate the row_stride for you from the width and number of channels.
4691 4692

Note that the write API does not support interlacing, sub-8-bit pixels,
4693
indexed (paletted) images, or most ancillary chunks.
4694 4695

.SH VI. Modifying/Customizing libpng
4696

4697
There are two issues here.  The first is changing how libpng does
4698 4699 4700
standard things like memory allocation, input/output, and error handling.
The second deals with more complicated things like adding new chunks,
adding new transformations, and generally changing how libpng works.
4701 4702
Both of those are compile-time issues; that is, they are generally
determined at the time the code is written, and there is rarely a need
4703
to provide the user with a means of changing them.
4704 4705

Memory allocation, input/output, and error handling
4706 4707

All of the memory allocation, input/output, and error handling in libpng
4708
goes through callbacks that are user-settable.  The default routines are
4709
in pngmem.c, pngrio.c, pngwio.c, and pngerror.c, respectively.  To change
4710
these functions, call the appropriate png_set_*_fn() function.
4711

4712
Memory allocation is done through the functions png_malloc(), png_calloc(),
4713 4714 4715 4716 4717 4718
and png_free().  The png_malloc() and png_free() functions currently just
call the standard C functions and png_calloc() calls png_malloc() and then
clears the newly allocated memory to zero; note that png_calloc(png_ptr, size)
is not the same as the calloc(number, size) function provided by stdlib.h.
There is limited support for certain systems with segmented memory
architectures and the types of pointers declared by png.h match this; you
4719 4720 4721 4722 4723
will have to use appropriate pointers in your application.  If you prefer
to use a different method of allocating and freeing data, you can use
png_create_read_struct_2() or png_create_write_struct_2() to register your
own functions as described above.  These functions also provide a void
pointer that can be retrieved via
4724 4725 4726 4727 4728

    mem_ptr=png_get_mem_ptr(png_ptr);

Your replacement memory functions must have prototypes as follows:

4729
    png_voidp malloc_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
4730
       png_alloc_size_t size);
4731

4732
    void free_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_voidp ptr);
4733

4734 4735 4736
Your malloc_fn() must return NULL in case of failure.  The png_malloc()
function will normally call png_error() if it receives a NULL from the
system memory allocator or from your replacement malloc_fn().
4737

4738 4739 4740
Your free_fn() will never be called with a NULL ptr, since libpng's
png_free() checks for NULL before calling free_fn().

4741 4742 4743 4744 4745
Input/Output in libpng is done through png_read() and png_write(),
which currently just call fread() and fwrite().  The FILE * is stored in
png_struct and is initialized via png_init_io().  If you wish to change
the method of I/O, the library supplies callbacks that you can set
through the function png_set_read_fn() and png_set_write_fn() at run
4746
time, instead of calling the png_init_io() function.  These functions
4747 4748 4749
also provide a void pointer that can be retrieved via the function
png_get_io_ptr().  For example:

4750 4751
    png_set_read_fn(png_structp read_ptr,
        voidp read_io_ptr, png_rw_ptr read_data_fn)
4752

4753 4754
    png_set_write_fn(png_structp write_ptr,
        voidp write_io_ptr, png_rw_ptr write_data_fn,
4755 4756
        png_flush_ptr output_flush_fn);

4757 4758
    voidp read_io_ptr = png_get_io_ptr(read_ptr);
    voidp write_io_ptr = png_get_io_ptr(write_ptr);
4759

4760
The replacement I/O functions must have prototypes as follows:
4761 4762

    void user_read_data(png_structp png_ptr,
4763
        png_bytep data, png_size_t length);
4764

4765
    void user_write_data(png_structp png_ptr,
4766
        png_bytep data, png_size_t length);
4767

4768 4769
    void user_flush_data(png_structp png_ptr);

4770 4771 4772
The user_read_data() function is responsible for detecting and
handling end-of-data errors.

4773
Supplying NULL for the read, write, or flush functions sets them back
4774 4775 4776 4777 4778
to using the default C stream functions, which expect the io_ptr to
point to a standard *FILE structure.  It is probably a mistake
to use NULL for one of write_data_fn and output_flush_fn but not both
of them, unless you have built libpng with PNG_NO_WRITE_FLUSH defined.
It is an error to read from a write stream, and vice versa.
4779 4780 4781 4782

Error handling in libpng is done through png_error() and png_warning().
Errors handled through png_error() are fatal, meaning that png_error()
should never return to its caller.  Currently, this is handled via
4783
setjmp() and longjmp() (unless you have compiled libpng with
4784
PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case it is handled via PNG_ABORT()),
4785
but you could change this to do things like exit() if you should wish,
4786
as long as your function does not return.
4787 4788

On non-fatal errors, png_warning() is called
4789 4790
to print a warning message, and then control returns to the calling code.
By default png_error() and png_warning() print a message on stderr via
4791 4792 4793 4794 4795
fprintf() unless the library is compiled with PNG_NO_CONSOLE_IO defined
(because you don't want the messages) or PNG_NO_STDIO defined (because
fprintf() isn't available).  If you wish to change the behavior of the error
functions, you will need to set up your own message callbacks.  These
functions are normally supplied at the time that the png_struct is created.
4796 4797
It is also possible to redirect errors and warnings to your own replacement
functions after png_create_*_struct() has been called by calling:
4798 4799 4800 4801 4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 4809

    png_set_error_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
        png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn,
        png_error_ptr warning_fn);

If NULL is supplied for either error_fn or warning_fn, then the libpng
default function will be used, calling fprintf() and/or longjmp() if a
problem is encountered.  The replacement error functions should have
parameters as follows:

    void user_error_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
        png_const_charp error_msg);
4810

4811 4812 4813
    void user_warning_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
        png_const_charp warning_msg);

4814 4815
Then, within your user_error_fn or user_warning_fn, you can retrieve
the error_ptr if you need it, by calling
4816 4817 4818

    png_voidp error_ptr = png_get_error_ptr(png_ptr);

4819 4820 4821 4822
The motivation behind using setjmp() and longjmp() is the C++ throw and
catch exception handling methods.  This makes the code much easier to write,
as there is no need to check every return code of every function call.
However, there are some uncertainties about the status of local variables
4823 4824 4825
after a longjmp, so the user may want to be careful about doing anything
after setjmp returns non-zero besides returning itself.  Consult your
compiler documentation for more details.  For an alternative approach, you
4826
may wish to use the "cexcept" facility (see https://cexcept.sourceforge.io/),
4827
which is illustrated in pngvalid.c and in contrib/visupng.
4828

4829 4830 4831 4832 4833 4834
Beginning in libpng-1.4.0, the png_set_benign_errors() API became available.
You can use this to handle certain errors (normally handled as errors)
as warnings.

    png_set_benign_errors (png_ptr, int allowed);

4835
    allowed: 0: treat png_benign_error() as an error.
4836 4837
             1: treat png_benign_error() as a warning.

4838 4839 4840
As of libpng-1.6.0, the default condition is to treat benign errors as
warnings while reading and as errors while writing.

4841 4842 4843 4844 4845
.SS Custom chunks

If you need to read or write custom chunks, you may need to get deeper
into the libpng code.  The library now has mechanisms for storing
and writing chunks of unknown type; you can even declare callbacks
4846
for custom chunks.  However, this may not be good enough if the
4847 4848 4849 4850
library code itself needs to know about interactions between your
chunk and existing `intrinsic' chunks.

If you need to write a new intrinsic chunk, first read the PNG
4851 4852 4853 4854 4855 4856
specification. Acquire a first level of understanding of how it works.
Pay particular attention to the sections that describe chunk names,
and look at how other chunks were designed, so you can do things
similarly.  Second, check out the sections of libpng that read and
write chunks.  Try to find a chunk that is similar to yours and use
it as a template.  More details can be found in the comments inside
4857 4858 4859 4860 4861
the code.  It is best to handle private or unknown chunks in a generic method,
via callback functions, instead of by modifying libpng functions. This
is illustrated in pngtest.c, which uses a callback function to handle a
private "vpAg" chunk and the new "sTER" chunk, which are both unknown to
libpng.
4862 4863 4864 4865 4866 4867 4868

If you wish to write your own transformation for the data, look through
the part of the code that does the transformations, and check out some of
the simpler ones to get an idea of how they work.  Try to find a similar
transformation to the one you want to add and copy off of it.  More details
can be found in the comments inside the code itself.

4869
.SS Configuring for gui/windowing platforms:
4870 4871 4872

You will need to write new error and warning functions that use the GUI
interface, as described previously, and set them to be the error and
4873
warning functions at the time that png_create_*_struct() is called,
4874
in order to have them available during the structure initialization.
4875
They can be changed later via png_set_error_fn().  On some compilers,
4876 4877
you may also have to change the memory allocators (png_malloc, etc.).

4878
.SS Configuring zlib:
4879 4880 4881 4882 4883 4884 4885 4886 4887 4888 4889 4890 4891

There are special functions to configure the compression.  Perhaps the
most useful one changes the compression level, which currently uses
input compression values in the range 0 - 9.  The library normally
uses the default compression level (Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION = 6).  Tests
have shown that for a large majority of images, compression values in
the range 3-6 compress nearly as well as higher levels, and do so much
faster.  For online applications it may be desirable to have maximum speed
(Z_BEST_SPEED = 1).  With versions of zlib after v0.99, you can also
specify no compression (Z_NO_COMPRESSION = 0), but this would create
files larger than just storing the raw bitmap.  You can specify the
compression level by calling:

4892
    #include zlib.h
4893 4894 4895 4896 4897
    png_set_compression_level(png_ptr, level);

Another useful one is to reduce the memory level used by the library.
The memory level defaults to 8, but it can be lowered if you are
short on memory (running DOS, for example, where you only have 640K).
4898 4899 4900 4901
Note that the memory level does have an effect on compression; among
other things, lower levels will result in sections of incompressible
data being emitted in smaller stored blocks, with a correspondingly
larger relative overhead of up to 15% in the worst case.
4902

4903
    #include zlib.h
4904 4905 4906 4907 4908 4909
    png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, level);

The other functions are for configuring zlib.  They are not recommended
for normal use and may result in writing an invalid PNG file.  See
zlib.h for more information on what these mean.

4910
    #include zlib.h
4911 4912
    png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
        strategy);
4913

4914 4915
    png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr,
        window_bits);
4916

4917
    png_set_compression_method(png_ptr, method);
4918

4919 4920
This controls the size of the IDAT chunks (default 8192):

4921
    png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, size);
4922

4923 4924 4925 4926 4927
As of libpng version 1.5.4, additional APIs became
available to set these separately for non-IDAT
compressed chunks such as zTXt, iTXt, and iCCP:

    #include zlib.h
4928
    #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504
4929 4930 4931 4932 4933 4934 4935 4936 4937 4938 4939 4940 4941
    png_set_text_compression_level(png_ptr, level);

    png_set_text_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, level);

    png_set_text_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
        strategy);

    png_set_text_compression_window_bits(png_ptr,
        window_bits);

    png_set_text_compression_method(png_ptr, method);
    #endif

4942
.SS Controlling row filtering
4943 4944 4945 4946 4947 4948 4949

If you want to control whether libpng uses filtering or not, which
filters are used, and how it goes about picking row filters, you
can call one of these functions.  The selection and configuration
of row filters can have a significant impact on the size and
encoding speed and a somewhat lesser impact on the decoding speed
of an image.  Filtering is enabled by default for RGB and grayscale
4950 4951
images (with and without alpha), but not for paletted images nor
for any images with bit depths less than 8 bits/pixel.
4952 4953

The 'method' parameter sets the main filtering method, which is
4954
currently only '0' in the PNG 1.2 specification.  The 'filters'
4955
parameter sets which filter(s), if any, should be used for each
4956 4957 4958
scanline.  Possible values are PNG_ALL_FILTERS, PNG_NO_FILTERS,
or PNG_FAST_FILTERS to turn filtering on and off, or to turn on
just the fast-decoding subset of filters, respectively.
4959 4960 4961

Individual filter types are PNG_FILTER_NONE, PNG_FILTER_SUB,
PNG_FILTER_UP, PNG_FILTER_AVG, PNG_FILTER_PAETH, which can be bitwise
4962
ORed together with '|' to specify one or more filters to use.
4963 4964
These filters are described in more detail in the PNG specification.
If you intend to change the filter type during the course of writing
4965 4966
the image, you should start with flags set for all of the filters
you intend to use so that libpng can initialize its internal
4967 4968 4969 4970
structures appropriately for all of the filter types.  (Note that this
means the first row must always be adaptively filtered, because libpng
currently does not allocate the filter buffers until png_write_row()
is called for the first time.)
4971

4972 4973 4974 4975 4976 4977 4978
    filters = PNG_NO_FILTERS;
    filters = PNG_ALL_FILTERS;
    filters = PNG_FAST_FILTERS;

    or

    filters = PNG_FILTER_NONE | PNG_FILTER_SUB |
4979
              PNG_FILTER_UP | PNG_FILTER_AVG |
4980
              PNG_FILTER_PAETH;
4981

4982 4983
    png_set_filter(png_ptr, PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE,
       filters);
4984

4985 4986 4987 4988 4989 4990
              The second parameter can also be
              PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING if you are
              writing a PNG to be embedded in a MNG
              datastream.  This parameter must be the
              same as the value of filter_method used
              in png_set_IHDR().
4991

4992
.SS Requesting debug printout
4993 4994 4995 4996 4997 4998 4999 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009 5010

The macro definition PNG_DEBUG can be used to request debugging
printout.  Set it to an integer value in the range 0 to 3.  Higher
numbers result in increasing amounts of debugging information.  The
information is printed to the "stderr" file, unless another file
name is specified in the PNG_DEBUG_FILE macro definition.

When PNG_DEBUG > 0, the following functions (macros) become available:

   png_debug(level, message)
   png_debug1(level, message, p1)
   png_debug2(level, message, p1, p2)

in which "level" is compared to PNG_DEBUG to decide whether to print
the message, "message" is the formatted string to be printed,
and p1 and p2 are parameters that are to be embedded in the string
according to printf-style formatting directives.  For example,

5011
   png_debug1(2, "foo=%d", foo);
5012 5013 5014

is expanded to

5015
   if (PNG_DEBUG > 2)
5016
      fprintf(PNG_DEBUG_FILE, "foo=%d\en", foo);
5017 5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 5023

When PNG_DEBUG is defined but is zero, the macros aren't defined, but you
can still use PNG_DEBUG to control your own debugging:

   #ifdef PNG_DEBUG
       fprintf(stderr, ...
   #endif
5024

5025 5026 5027
When PNG_DEBUG = 1, the macros are defined, but only png_debug statements
having level = 0 will be printed.  There aren't any such statements in
this version of libpng, but if you insert some they will be printed.
5028

5029
.SH VII.  MNG support
5030 5031 5032 5033 5034 5035 5036

The MNG specification (available at http://www.libpng.org/pub/mng) allows
certain extensions to PNG for PNG images that are embedded in MNG datastreams.
Libpng can support some of these extensions.  To enable them, use the
png_permit_mng_features() function:

   feature_set = png_permit_mng_features(png_ptr, mask)
5037

5038
   mask is a png_uint_32 containing the bitwise OR of the
5039 5040 5041 5042
        features you want to enable.  These include
        PNG_FLAG_MNG_EMPTY_PLTE
        PNG_FLAG_MNG_FILTER_64
        PNG_ALL_MNG_FEATURES
5043

5044
   feature_set is a png_uint_32 that is the bitwise AND of
5045 5046 5047
      your mask with the set of MNG features that is
      supported by the version of libpng that you are using.

5048 5049
It is an error to use this function when reading or writing a standalone
PNG file with the PNG 8-byte signature.  The PNG datastream must be wrapped
5050 5051 5052 5053
in a MNG datastream.  As a minimum, it must have the MNG 8-byte signature
and the MHDR and MEND chunks.  Libpng does not provide support for these
or any other MNG chunks; your application must provide its own support for
them.  You may wish to consider using libmng (available at
5054
https://www.libmng.com/) instead.
5055

5056
.SH VIII.  Changes to Libpng from version 0.88
5057 5058 5059 5060 5061 5062 5063 5064 5065

It should be noted that versions of libpng later than 0.96 are not
distributed by the original libpng author, Guy Schalnat, nor by
Andreas Dilger, who had taken over from Guy during 1996 and 1997, and
distributed versions 0.89 through 0.96, but rather by another member
of the original PNG Group, Glenn Randers-Pehrson.  Guy and Andreas are
still alive and well, but they have moved on to other things.

The old libpng functions png_read_init(), png_write_init(),
5066
png_info_init(), png_read_destroy(), and png_write_destroy() have been
5067
moved to PNG_INTERNAL in version 0.95 to discourage their use.  These
5068
functions will be removed from libpng version 1.4.0.
5069 5070

The preferred method of creating and initializing the libpng structures is
5071 5072 5073 5074 5075 5076 5077 5078 5079 5080 5081 5082 5083
via the png_create_read_struct(), png_create_write_struct(), and
png_create_info_struct() because they isolate the size of the structures
from the application, allow version error checking, and also allow the
use of custom error handling routines during the initialization, which
the old functions do not.  The functions png_read_destroy() and
png_write_destroy() do not actually free the memory that libpng
allocated for these structs, but just reset the data structures, so they
can be used instead of png_destroy_read_struct() and
png_destroy_write_struct() if you feel there is too much system overhead
allocating and freeing the png_struct for each image read.

Setting the error callbacks via png_set_message_fn() before
png_read_init() as was suggested in libpng-0.88 is no longer supported
5084
because this caused applications that do not use custom error functions
5085 5086
to fail if the png_ptr was not initialized to zero.  It is still possible
to set the error callbacks AFTER png_read_init(), or to change them with
5087 5088 5089
png_set_error_fn(), which is essentially the same function, but with a new
name to force compilation errors with applications that try to use the old
method.
5090

5091 5092 5093
Support for the sCAL, iCCP, iTXt, and sPLT chunks was added at libpng-1.0.6;
however, iTXt support was not enabled by default.

5094 5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102
Starting with version 1.0.7, you can find out which version of the library
you are using at run-time:

   png_uint_32 libpng_vn = png_access_version_number();

The number libpng_vn is constructed from the major version, minor
version with leading zero, and release number with leading zero,
(e.g., libpng_vn for version 1.0.7 is 10007).

5103 5104 5105
Note that this function does not take a png_ptr, so you can call it
before you've created one.

5106 5107 5108 5109 5110
You can also check which version of png.h you used when compiling your
application:

   png_uint_32 application_vn = PNG_LIBPNG_VER;

5111
.SH IX.  Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x to 1.2.x
5112

5113 5114 5115 5116 5117
Support for user memory management was enabled by default.  To
accomplish this, the functions png_create_read_struct_2(),
png_create_write_struct_2(), png_set_mem_fn(), png_get_mem_ptr(),
png_malloc_default(), and png_free_default() were added.

5118 5119 5120
Support for the iTXt chunk has been enabled by default as of
version 1.2.41.

5121 5122 5123 5124 5125 5126 5127 5128 5129 5130 5131 5132 5133 5134 5135 5136 5137 5138 5139 5140 5141 5142 5143 5144 5145 5146 5147 5148 5149 5150 5151 5152 5153 5154 5155 5156 5157 5158 5159 5160 5161 5162 5163 5164 5165 5166 5167 5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174
Support for certain MNG features was enabled.

Support for numbered error messages was added.  However, we never got
around to actually numbering the error messages.  The function
png_set_strip_error_numbers() was added (Note: the prototype for this
function was inadvertently removed from png.h in PNG_NO_ASSEMBLER_CODE
builds of libpng-1.2.15.  It was restored in libpng-1.2.36).

The png_malloc_warn() function was added at libpng-1.2.3.  This issues
a png_warning and returns NULL instead of aborting when it fails to
acquire the requested memory allocation.

Support for setting user limits on image width and height was enabled
by default.  The functions png_set_user_limits(), png_get_user_width_max(),
and png_get_user_height_max() were added at libpng-1.2.6.

The png_set_add_alpha() function was added at libpng-1.2.7.

The function png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was added at libpng-1.2.9.
Unlike png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8(), the new function does not expand the
tRNS chunk to alpha. The png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8() function is
deprecated.

A number of macro definitions in support of runtime selection of
assembler code features (especially Intel MMX code support) were
added at libpng-1.2.0:

    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_SUPPORT_COMPILED
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_SUPPORT_IN_CPU
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_COMBINE_ROW
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_INTERLACE
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_SUB
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_UP
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_AVG
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_PAETH
    PNG_ASM_FLAGS_INITIALIZED
    PNG_MMX_READ_FLAGS
    PNG_MMX_FLAGS
    PNG_MMX_WRITE_FLAGS
    PNG_MMX_FLAGS

We added the following functions in support of runtime
selection of assembler code features:

    png_get_mmx_flagmask()
    png_set_mmx_thresholds()
    png_get_asm_flags()
    png_get_mmx_bitdepth_threshold()
    png_get_mmx_rowbytes_threshold()
    png_set_asm_flags()

We replaced all of these functions with simple stubs in libpng-1.2.20,
when the Intel assembler code was removed due to a licensing issue.

5175 5176 5177 5178 5179 5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 5187 5188 5189 5190 5191 5192
These macros are deprecated:

    PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED
    PNG_PROGRESSIVE_READ_NOT_SUPPORTED
    PNG_NO_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED
    PNG_WRITE_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED
    PNG_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED
    PNG_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED

They have been replaced, respectively, by:

    PNG_NO_READ_TRANSFORMS
    PNG_NO_PROGRESSIVE_READ
    PNG_NO_SEQUENTIAL_READ
    PNG_NO_WRITE_TRANSFORMS
    PNG_NO_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS
    PNG_NO_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS

5193 5194 5195 5196 5197 5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205 5206
PNG_MAX_UINT was replaced with PNG_UINT_31_MAX.  It has been
deprecated since libpng-1.0.16 and libpng-1.2.6.

The function
    png_check_sig(sig, num)
was replaced with
    !png_sig_cmp(sig, 0, num)
It has been deprecated since libpng-0.90.

The function
    png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8()
which also expands tRNS to alpha was replaced with
    png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8()
which does not. It has been deprecated since libpng-1.0.18 and 1.2.9.
5207

5208
.SH X.  Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x/1.2.x to 1.4.x
5209 5210 5211 5212

Private libpng prototypes and macro definitions were moved from
png.h and pngconf.h into a new pngpriv.h header file.

5213 5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 5219 5220
Functions png_set_benign_errors(), png_benign_error(), and
png_chunk_benign_error() were added.

Support for setting the maximum amount of memory that the application
will allocate for reading chunks was added, as a security measure.
The functions png_set_chunk_cache_max() and png_get_chunk_cache_max()
were added to the library.

5221 5222
We implemented support for I/O states by adding png_ptr member io_state
and functions png_get_io_chunk_name() and png_get_io_state() in pngget.c
5223

5224 5225 5226 5227 5228
We added PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB to the available high-level
input transforms.

Checking for and reporting of errors in the IHDR chunk is more thorough.

5229 5230 5231 5232 5233 5234 5235 5236 5237 5238 5239 5240 5241
Support for global arrays was removed, to improve thread safety.

Some obsolete/deprecated macros and functions have been removed.

Typecasted NULL definitions such as
   #define png_voidp_NULL            (png_voidp)NULL
were eliminated.  If you used these in your application, just use
NULL instead.

The png_struct and info_struct members "trans" and "trans_values" were
changed to "trans_alpha" and "trans_color", respectively.

The obsolete, unused pnggccrd.c and pngvcrd.c files and related makefiles
5242
were removed.
5243 5244 5245

The PNG_1_0_X and PNG_1_2_X macros were eliminated.

5246 5247 5248 5249 5250 5251 5252 5253
The PNG_LEGACY_SUPPORTED macro was eliminated.

Many WIN32_WCE #ifdefs were removed.

The functions png_read_init(info_ptr), png_write_init(info_ptr),
png_info_init(info_ptr), png_read_destroy(), and png_write_destroy()
have been removed.  They have been deprecated since libpng-0.95.

5254 5255 5256 5257 5258 5259 5260 5261
The png_permit_empty_plte() was removed. It has been deprecated
since libpng-1.0.9.  Use png_permit_mng_features() instead.

We removed the obsolete stub functions png_get_mmx_flagmask(),
png_set_mmx_thresholds(), png_get_asm_flags(),
png_get_mmx_bitdepth_threshold(), png_get_mmx_rowbytes_threshold(),
png_set_asm_flags(), and png_mmx_supported()

5262
We removed the obsolete png_check_sig(), png_memcpy_check(), and
5263 5264
png_memset_check() functions.  Instead use !png_sig_cmp(), memcpy(),
and memset(), respectively.
5265

5266 5267 5268
The function png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was removed. It has been
deprecated since libpng-1.0.18 and 1.2.9, when it was replaced with
png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() because the former function also
5269
expanded any tRNS chunk to an alpha channel.
5270

5271 5272 5273
Macros for png_get_uint_16, png_get_uint_32, and png_get_int_32
were added and are used by default instead of the corresponding
functions. Unfortunately,
5274
from libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the
5275 5276
function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32.

5277 5278 5279 5280 5281
We changed the prototype for png_malloc() from
    png_malloc(png_structp png_ptr, png_uint_32 size)
to
    png_malloc(png_structp png_ptr, png_alloc_size_t size)

5282 5283
This also applies to the prototype for the user replacement malloc_fn().

5284
The png_calloc() function was added and is used in place of
5285
of "png_malloc(); memset();" except in the case in png_read_png()
5286 5287 5288 5289 5290
where the array consists of pointers; in this case a "for" loop is used
after the png_malloc() to set the pointers to NULL, to give robust.
behavior in case the application runs out of memory part-way through
the process.

5291 5292 5293 5294
We changed the prototypes of png_get_compression_buffer_size() and
png_set_compression_buffer_size() to work with png_size_t instead of
png_uint_32.

5295 5296 5297
Support for numbered error messages was removed by default, since we
never got around to actually numbering the error messages. The function
png_set_strip_error_numbers() was removed from the library by default.
5298 5299

The png_zalloc() and png_zfree() functions are no longer exported.
5300
The png_zalloc() function no longer zeroes out the memory that it
5301 5302 5303
allocates.  Applications that called png_zalloc(png_ptr, number, size)
can call png_calloc(png_ptr, number*size) instead, and can call
png_free() instead of png_zfree().
5304

5305
Support for dithering was disabled by default in libpng-1.4.0, because
5306 5307
it has not been well tested and doesn't actually "dither".
The code was not
5308 5309
removed, however, and could be enabled by building libpng with
PNG_READ_DITHER_SUPPORTED defined.  In libpng-1.4.2, this support
5310
was re-enabled, but the function was renamed png_set_quantize() to
5311 5312
reflect more accurately what it actually does.  At the same time,
the PNG_DITHER_[RED,GREEN_BLUE]_BITS macros were also renamed to
5313 5314
PNG_QUANTIZE_[RED,GREEN,BLUE]_BITS, and PNG_READ_DITHER_SUPPORTED
was renamed to PNG_READ_QUANTIZE_SUPPORTED.
5315

5316 5317
We removed the trailing '.' from the warning and error messages.

5318
.SH XI.  Changes to Libpng from version 1.4.x to 1.5.x
5319

5320
From libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the
5321
function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32.
5322
The incorrect macro was removed from libpng-1.4.5.
5323

5324 5325 5326 5327 5328
Checking for invalid palette index on write was added at libpng
1.5.10.  If a pixel contains an invalid (out-of-range) index libpng issues
a benign error.  This is enabled by default because this condition is an
error according to the PNG specification, Clause 11.3.2, but the error can
be ignored in each png_ptr with
5329 5330 5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337 5338 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346 5347 5348

   png_set_check_for_invalid_index(png_ptr, allowed);

      allowed  - one of
                 0: disable benign error (accept the
                    invalid data without warning).
                 1: enable benign error (treat the
                    invalid data as an error or a
                    warning).

If the error is ignored, or if png_benign_error() treats it as a warning,
any invalid pixels are decoded as opaque black by the decoder and written
as-is by the encoder.

Retrieving the maximum palette index found was added at libpng-1.5.15.
This statement must appear after png_read_png() or png_read_image() while
reading, and after png_write_png() or png_write_image() while writing.

   int max_palette = png_get_palette_max(png_ptr, info_ptr);

5349
This will return the maximum palette index found in the image, or "\-1" if
5350 5351 5352 5353 5354
the palette was not checked, or "0" if no palette was found.  Note that this
does not account for any palette index used by ancillary chunks such as the
bKGD chunk; you must check those separately to determine the maximum
palette index actually used.

5355
There are no substantial API changes between the non-deprecated parts of
5356
the 1.4.5 API and the 1.5.0 API; however, the ability to directly access
5357 5358
members of the main libpng control structures, png_struct and png_info,
deprecated in earlier versions of libpng, has been completely removed from
5359 5360
libpng 1.5, and new private "pngstruct.h", "pnginfo.h", and "pngdebug.h"
header files were created.
5361

5362 5363 5364 5365
We no longer include zlib.h in png.h.  The include statement has been moved
to pngstruct.h, where it is not accessible by applications. Applications that
need access to information in zlib.h will need to add the '#include "zlib.h"'
directive.  It does not matter whether this is placed prior to or after
5366 5367
the '"#include png.h"' directive.

5368 5369 5370 5371 5372 5373
The png_sprintf(), png_strcpy(), and png_strncpy() macros are no longer used
and were removed.

We moved the png_strlen(), png_memcpy(), png_memset(), and png_memcmp()
macros into a private header file (pngpriv.h) that is not accessible to
applications.
5374

5375
In png_get_iCCP, the type of "profile" was changed from png_charpp
5376
to png_bytepp, and in png_set_iCCP, from png_charp to png_const_bytep.
5377

5378
There are changes of form in png.h, including new and changed macros to
5379 5380 5381
declare parts of the API.  Some API functions with arguments that are
pointers to data not modified within the function have been corrected to
declare these arguments with PNG_CONST.
5382 5383 5384 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390

Much of the internal use of C macros to control the library build has also
changed and some of this is visible in the exported header files, in
particular the use of macros to control data and API elements visible
during application compilation may require significant revision to
application code.  (It is extremely rare for an application to do this.)

Any program that compiled against libpng 1.4 and did not use deprecated
features or access internal library structures should compile and work
5391 5392
against libpng 1.5, except for the change in the prototype for
png_get_iCCP() and png_set_iCCP() API functions mentioned above.
5393

5394 5395 5396 5397
libpng 1.5.0 adds PNG_ PASS macros to help in the reading and writing of
interlaced images.  The macros return the number of rows and columns in
each pass and information that can be used to de-interlace and (if
absolutely necessary) interlace an image.
5398 5399

libpng 1.5.0 adds an API png_longjmp(png_ptr, value).  This API calls
5400
the application-provided png_longjmp_ptr on the internal, but application
5401 5402 5403
initialized, longjmp buffer.  It is provided as a convenience to avoid
the need to use the png_jmpbuf macro, which had the unnecessary side
effect of resetting the internal png_longjmp_ptr value.
5404 5405 5406 5407 5408 5409 5410 5411 5412

libpng 1.5.0 includes a complete fixed point API.  By default this is
present along with the corresponding floating point API.  In general the
fixed point API is faster and smaller than the floating point one because
the PNG file format used fixed point, not floating point.  This applies
even if the library uses floating point in internal calculations.  A new
macro, PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED, reveals whether the library
uses floating point arithmetic (the default) or fixed point arithmetic
internally for performance critical calculations such as gamma correction.
5413 5414 5415 5416 5417 5418
In some cases, the gamma calculations may produce slightly different
results.  This has changed the results in png_rgb_to_gray and in alpha
composition (png_set_background for example). This applies even if the
original image was already linear (gamma == 1.0) and, therefore, it is
not necessary to linearize the image.  This is because libpng has *not*
been changed to optimize that case correctly, yet.
5419 5420 5421 5422 5423 5424 5425

Fixed point support for the sCAL chunk comes with an important caveat;
the sCAL specification uses a decimal encoding of floating point values
and the accuracy of PNG fixed point values is insufficient for
representation of these values. Consequently a "string" API
(png_get_sCAL_s and png_set_sCAL_s) is the only reliable way of reading
arbitrary sCAL chunks in the absence of either the floating point API or
5426 5427 5428 5429
internal floating point calculations.  Starting with libpng-1.5.0, both
of these functions are present when PNG_sCAL_SUPPORTED is defined.  Prior
to libpng-1.5.0, their presence also depended upon PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED
being defined and PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED not being defined.
5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 5436 5437 5438 5439 5440 5441 5442 5443 5444 5445 5446 5447 5448 5449 5450 5451

Applications no longer need to include the optional distribution header
file pngusr.h or define the corresponding macros during application
build in order to see the correct variant of the libpng API.  From 1.5.0
application code can check for the corresponding _SUPPORTED macro:

#ifdef PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED
   /* code that uses the inch conversion APIs. */
#endif

This macro will only be defined if the inch conversion functions have been
compiled into libpng.  The full set of macros, and whether or not support
has been compiled in, are available in the header file pnglibconf.h.
This header file is specific to the libpng build.  Notice that prior to
1.5.0 the _SUPPORTED macros would always have the default definition unless
reset by pngusr.h or by explicit settings on the compiler command line.
These settings may produce compiler warnings or errors in 1.5.0 because
of macro redefinition.

Applications can now choose whether to use these macros or to call the
corresponding function by defining PNG_USE_READ_MACROS or
PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS before including png.h.  Notice that this is
5452
only supported from 1.5.0; defining PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS prior to 1.5.0
5453
will lead to a link failure.
5454

5455
Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the zlib compressor used the same set of parameters
5456
when compressing the IDAT data and textual data such as zTXt and iCCP.
5457
In libpng-1.5.4 we reinitialized the zlib stream for each type of data.
5458 5459 5460
We added five png_set_text_*() functions for setting the parameters to
use with textual data.

5461
Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the PNG_READ_16_TO_8_ACCURATE_SCALE_SUPPORTED
5462
option was off by default, and slightly inaccurate scaling occurred.
5463 5464 5465
This option can no longer be turned off, and the choice of accurate
or inaccurate 16-to-8 scaling is by using the new png_set_scale_16_to_8()
API for accurate scaling or the old png_set_strip_16_to_8() API for simple
5466 5467 5468 5469
chopping.  In libpng-1.5.4, the PNG_READ_16_TO_8_ACCURATE_SCALE_SUPPORTED
macro became PNG_READ_SCALE_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED, and the PNG_READ_16_TO_8
macro became PNG_READ_STRIP_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED, to enable the two
png_set_*_16_to_8() functions separately.
5470

5471
Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the png_set_user_limits() function could only be
5472 5473 5474 5475
used to reduce the width and height limits from the value of
PNG_USER_WIDTH_MAX and PNG_USER_HEIGHT_MAX, although this document said
that it could be used to override them.  Now this function will reduce or
increase the limits.
5476

5477 5478 5479 5480 5481
Starting in libpng-1.5.22, default user limits were established. These
can be overridden by application calls to png_set_user_limits(),
png_set_user_chunk_cache_max(), and/or png_set_user_malloc_max().
The limits are now
                             max possible  default
5482 5483
   png_user_width_max        0x7fffffff    1,000,000
   png_user_height_max       0x7fffffff    1,000,000
5484
   png_user_chunk_cache_max  0 (unlimited) 1000
5485 5486
   png_user_chunk_malloc_max 0 (unlimited) 8,000,000

5487
The png_set_option() function (and the "options" member of the png struct) was
5488 5489
added to libpng-1.5.15, with option PNG_ARM_NEON.

5490 5491 5492 5493 5494 5495 5496 5497 5498 5499 5500 5501
The library now supports a complete fixed point implementation and can
thus be used on systems that have no floating point support or very
limited or slow support.  Previously gamma correction, an essential part
of complete PNG support, required reasonably fast floating point.

As part of this the choice of internal implementation has been made
independent of the choice of fixed versus floating point APIs and all the
missing fixed point APIs have been implemented.

The exact mechanism used to control attributes of API functions has
changed, as described in the INSTALL file.

5502 5503 5504 5505 5506 5507 5508 5509 5510 5511 5512 5513 5514 5515 5516 5517 5518 5519 5520 5521 5522 5523 5524 5525 5526 5527 5528 5529 5530 5531 5532 5533 5534 5535 5536 5537 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542 5543 5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549 5550 5551 5552 5553 5554 5555 5556 5557 5558 5559 5560 5561 5562 5563 5564 5565 5566 5567 5568 5569 5570 5571 5572 5573 5574 5575
A new test program, pngvalid, is provided in addition to pngtest.
pngvalid validates the arithmetic accuracy of the gamma correction
calculations and includes a number of validations of the file format.
A subset of the full range of tests is run when "make check" is done
(in the 'configure' build.)  pngvalid also allows total allocated memory
usage to be evaluated and performs additional memory overwrite validation.

Many changes to individual feature macros have been made. The following
are the changes most likely to be noticed by library builders who
configure libpng:

1) All feature macros now have consistent naming:

#define PNG_NO_feature turns the feature off
#define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED turns the feature on

pnglibconf.h contains one line for each feature macro which is either:

#define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED

if the feature is supported or:

/*#undef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED*/

if it is not.  Library code consistently checks for the 'SUPPORTED' macro.
It does not, and libpng applications should not, check for the 'NO' macro
which will not normally be defined even if the feature is not supported.
The 'NO' macros are only used internally for setting or not setting the
corresponding 'SUPPORTED' macros.

Compatibility with the old names is provided as follows:

PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS turns on PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED

And the following definitions disable the corresponding feature:

PNG_SETJMP_NOT_SUPPORTED disables SETJMP
PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables READ_TRANSFORMS
PNG_NO_READ_COMPOSITED_NODIV disables READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV
PNG_WRITE_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables WRITE_TRANSFORMS
PNG_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS
PNG_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS

Library builders should remove use of the above, inconsistent, names.

2) Warning and error message formatting was previously conditional on
the STDIO feature. The library has been changed to use the
CONSOLE_IO feature instead. This means that if CONSOLE_IO is disabled
the library no longer uses the printf(3) functions, even though the
default read/write implementations use (FILE) style stdio.h functions.

3) Three feature macros now control the fixed/floating point decisions:

PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED enables the floating point APIs

PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED enables the fixed point APIs; however, in
practice these are normally required internally anyway (because the PNG
file format is fixed point), therefore in most cases PNG_NO_FIXED_POINT
merely stops the function from being exported.

PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED chooses between the internal floating
point implementation or the fixed point one.  Typically the fixed point
implementation is larger and slower than the floating point implementation
on a system that supports floating point; however, it may be faster on a
system which lacks floating point hardware and therefore uses a software
emulation.

4) Added PNG_{READ,WRITE}_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED.  This allows the
functions to read and write ints to be disabled independently of
PNG_USE_READ_MACROS, which allows libpng to be built with the functions
even though the default is to use the macros - this allows applications
to choose at app buildtime whether or not to use macros (previously
impossible because the functions weren't in the default build.)

5576 5577 5578
.SH XII.  Changes to Libpng from version 1.5.x to 1.6.x

A "simplified API" has been added (see documentation in png.h and a simple
5579 5580 5581 5582 5583 5584 5585 5586 5587 5588 5589 5590 5591 5592 5593 5594 5595
example in contrib/examples/pngtopng.c).  The new publicly visible API
includes the following:

   macros:
     PNG_FORMAT_*
     PNG_IMAGE_*
   structures:
     png_control
     png_image
   read functions
     png_image_begin_read_from_file()
     png_image_begin_read_from_stdio()
     png_image_begin_read_from_memory()
     png_image_finish_read()
     png_image_free()
   write functions
     png_image_write_to_file()
5596
     png_image_write_to_memory()
5597 5598 5599 5600
     png_image_write_to_stdio()

Starting with libpng-1.6.0, you can configure libpng to prefix all exported
symbols, using the PNG_PREFIX macro.
5601

5602 5603
We no longer include string.h in png.h.  The include statement has been moved
to pngpriv.h, where it is not accessible by applications.  Applications that
5604
need access to information in string.h must add an '#include <string.h>'
5605
directive.  It does not matter whether this is placed prior to or after
5606
the '#include "png.h"' directive.
5607 5608 5609 5610 5611 5612 5613

The following API are now DEPRECATED:
   png_info_init_3()
   png_convert_to_rfc1123() which has been replaced
     with png_convert_to_rfc1123_buffer()
   png_malloc_default()
   png_free_default()
5614
   png_reset_zstream()
5615

5616
The following have been removed:
5617 5618 5619 5620
   png_get_io_chunk_name(), which has been replaced
     with png_get_io_chunk_type().  The new
     function returns a 32-bit integer instead of
     a string.
5621 5622 5623 5624 5625 5626 5627 5628 5629 5630
   The png_sizeof(), png_strlen(), png_memcpy(), png_memcmp(), and
     png_memset() macros are no longer used in the libpng sources and
     have been removed.  These had already been made invisible to applications
     (i.e., defined in the private pngpriv.h header file) since libpng-1.5.0.

The signatures of many exported functions were changed, such that
   png_structp became png_structrp or png_const_structrp
   png_infop became png_inforp or png_const_inforp
where "rp" indicates a "restricted pointer".

5631 5632 5633
Dropped support for 16-bit platforms. The support for FAR/far types has
been eliminated and the definition of png_alloc_size_t is now controlled
by a flag so that 'small size_t' systems can select it if necessary.
5634

5635 5636
Error detection in some chunks has improved; in particular the iCCP chunk
reader now does pretty complete validation of the basic format.  Some bad
5637
profiles that were previously accepted are now accepted with a warning or
5638 5639
rejected, depending upon the png_set_benign_errors() setting, in particular
the very old broken Microsoft/HP 3144-byte sRGB profile.  Starting with
5640 5641 5642
libpng-1.6.11, recognizing and checking sRGB profiles can be avoided by
means of

5643 5644
    #if defined(PNG_SKIP_sRGB_CHECK_PROFILE) && \
        defined(PNG_SET_OPTION_SUPPORTED)
5645
       png_set_option(png_ptr, PNG_SKIP_sRGB_CHECK_PROFILE,
5646 5647
           PNG_OPTION_ON);
    #endif
5648

5649
It's not a good idea to do this if you are using the "simplified API",
5650
which needs to be able to recognize sRGB profiles conveyed via the iCCP
5651 5652
chunk.

5653 5654 5655 5656
The PNG spec requirement that only grayscale profiles may appear in images
with color type 0 or 4 and that even if the image only contains gray pixels,
only RGB profiles may appear in images with color type 2, 3, or 6, is now
enforced.  The sRGB chunk is allowed to appear in images with any color type
5657 5658
and is interpreted by libpng to convey a one-tracer-curve gray profile or a
three-tracer-curve RGB profile as appropriate.
5659

5660 5661 5662 5663
Libpng 1.5.x erroneously used /MD for Debug DLL builds; if you used the debug
builds in your app and you changed your app to use /MD you will need to
change it back to /MDd for libpng 1.6.x.

5664 5665 5666 5667 5668 5669 5670 5671 5672 5673 5674
Prior to libpng-1.6.0 a warning would be issued if the iTXt chunk contained
an empty language field or an empty translated keyword.  Both of these
are allowed by the PNG specification, so these warnings are no longer issued.

The library now issues an error if the application attempts to set a
transform after it calls png_read_update_info() or if it attempts to call
both png_read_update_info() and png_start_read_image() or to call either
of them more than once.

The default condition for benign_errors is now to treat benign errors as
warnings while reading and as errors while writing.
5675

5676 5677 5678 5679 5680 5681 5682 5683 5684 5685 5686 5687 5688 5689 5690
The library now issues a warning if both background processing and RGB to
gray are used when gamma correction happens. As with previous versions of
the library the results are numerically very incorrect in this case.

There are some minor arithmetic changes in some transforms such as
png_set_background(), that might be detected by certain regression tests.

Unknown chunk handling has been improved internally, without any API change.
This adds more correct option control of the unknown handling, corrects
a pre-existing bug where the per-chunk 'keep' setting is ignored, and makes
it possible to skip IDAT chunks in the sequential reader.

The machine-generated configure files are no longer included in branches
libpng16 and later of the GIT repository.  They continue to be included
in the tarball releases, however.
5691

5692 5693 5694 5695
Libpng-1.6.0 through 1.6.2 used the CMF bytes at the beginning of the IDAT
stream to set the size of the sliding window for reading instead of using the
default 32-kbyte sliding window size.  It was discovered that there are
hundreds of PNG files in the wild that have incorrect CMF bytes that caused
5696 5697 5698 5699
zlib to issue the "invalid distance too far back" error and reject the file.
Libpng-1.6.3 and later calculate their own safe CMF from the image dimensions,
provide a way to revert to the libpng-1.5.x behavior (ignoring the CMF bytes
and using a 32-kbyte sliding window), by using
5700 5701 5702 5703

    png_set_option(png_ptr, PNG_MAXIMUM_INFLATE_WINDOW,
        PNG_OPTION_ON);

5704 5705
and provide a tool (contrib/tools/pngfix) for rewriting a PNG file while
optimizing the CMF bytes in its IDAT chunk correctly.
5706 5707 5708 5709 5710 5711

Libpng-1.6.0 and libpng-1.6.1 wrote uncompressed iTXt chunks with the wrong
length, which resulted in PNG files that cannot be read beyond the bad iTXt
chunk.  This error was fixed in libpng-1.6.3, and a tool (called
contrib/tools/png-fix-itxt) has been added to the libpng distribution.

5712 5713 5714 5715 5716 5717 5718 5719 5720 5721 5722 5723 5724 5725 5726 5727 5728
Starting with libpng-1.6.17, the PNG_SAFE_LIMITS macro was eliminated
and safe limits are used by default (users who need larger limits
can still override them at compile time or run time, as described above).

The new limits are
                                default   spec limit
   png_user_width_max         1,000,000  2,147,483,647
   png_user_height_max        1,000,000  2,147,483,647
   png_user_chunk_cache_max         128  unlimited
   png_user_chunk_malloc_max  8,000,000  unlimited

Starting with libpng-1.6.18, a PNG_RELEASE_BUILD macro was added, which allows
library builders to control compilation for an installed system (a release build).
It can be set for testing debug or beta builds to ensure that they will compile
when the build type is switched to RC or STABLE. In essence this overrides the
PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BASE_TYPE definition which is not directly user controllable.

5729
Starting with libpng-1.6.19, attempting to set an over-length PLTE chunk
5730
is an error. Previously this requirement of the PNG specification was not
5731 5732
enforced, and the palette was always limited to 256 entries. An over-length
PLTE chunk found in an input PNG is silently truncated.
5733

5734 5735 5736 5737 5738
Starting with libpng-1.6.31, the eXIf chunk is supported. Libpng does not
attempt to decode the Exif profile; it simply returns a byte array
containing the profile to the calling application which must do its own
decoding.

5739
.SH XIII.  Detecting libpng
5740 5741 5742 5743

The png_get_io_ptr() function has been present since libpng-0.88, has never
changed, and is unaffected by conditional compilation macros.  It is the
best choice for use in configure scripts for detecting the presence of any
5744 5745 5746
libpng version since 0.88.  In an autoconf "configure.in" you could use

    AC_CHECK_LIB(png, png_get_io_ptr, ...
5747

5748
.SH XV. Source code repository
5749 5750 5751 5752 5753 5754

Since about February 2009, version 1.2.34, libpng has been under "git" source
control.  The git repository was built from old libpng-x.y.z.tar.gz files
going back to version 0.70.  You can access the git repository (read only)
at

5755 5756
    https://github.com/glennrp/libpng or
    https://git.code.sf.net/p/libpng/code.git
5757

5758
or you can browse it with a web browser at
5759

5760 5761
    https://github.com/glennrp/libpng or
    https://sourceforge.net/p/libpng/code/ci/libpng16/tree/
5762 5763 5764 5765 5766

Patches can be sent to glennrp at users.sourceforge.net or to
png-mng-implement at lists.sourceforge.net or you can upload them to
the libpng bug tracker at

5767
    https://libpng.sourceforge.io/
5768

5769 5770 5771 5772
or as a "pull request" to

    https://github.com/glennrp/libpng/pulls

5773 5774
We also accept patches built from the tar or zip distributions, and
simple verbal discriptions of bug fixes, reported either to the
5775
SourceForge bug tracker, to the png-mng-implement at lists.sf.net
5776
mailing list, as github issues, or directly to glennrp.
5777

5778
.SH XV. Coding style
5779

5780
Our coding style is similar to the "Allman" style
5781
(See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indent_style#Allman_style), with curly
5782 5783 5784 5785 5786 5787 5788 5789 5790 5791 5792 5793 5794 5795 5796 5797 5798 5799 5800 5801 5802
braces on separate lines:

    if (condition)
    {
       action;
    }

    else if (another condition)
    {
       another action;
    }

The braces can be omitted from simple one-line actions:

    if (condition)
       return (0);

We use 3-space indentation, except for continued statements which
are usually indented the same as the first line of the statement
plus four more spaces.

5803 5804 5805 5806 5807 5808 5809 5810 5811
For macro definitions we use 2-space indentation, always leaving the "#"
in the first column.

    #ifndef PNG_NO_FEATURE
    #  ifndef PNG_FEATURE_SUPPORTED
    #    define PNG_FEATURE_SUPPORTED
    #  endif
    #endif

5812 5813 5814 5815 5816 5817
Comments appear with the leading "/*" at the same indentation as
the statement that follows the comment:

    /* Single-line comment */
    statement;

5818 5819
    /* This is a multiple-line
     * comment.
5820 5821 5822
     */
    statement;

5823
Very short comments can be placed after the end of the statement
5824 5825 5826 5827 5828 5829 5830 5831
to which they pertain:

    statement;    /* comment */

We don't use C++ style ("//") comments. We have, however,
used them in the past in some now-abandoned MMX assembler
code.

5832 5833
Functions and their curly braces are not indented, and
exported functions are marked with PNGAPI:
5834 5835

 /* This is a public function that is visible to
5836
  * application programmers. It does thus-and-so.
5837 5838 5839 5840 5841 5842 5843
  */
 void PNGAPI
 png_exported_function(png_ptr, png_info, foo)
 {
    body;
 }

5844 5845 5846
The return type and decorations are placed on a separate line
ahead of the function name, as illustrated above.

5847 5848 5849 5850
The prototypes for all exported functions appear in png.h,
above the comment that says

    /* Maintainer: Put new public prototypes here ... */
5851 5852 5853 5854 5855 5856 5857 5858 5859

We mark all non-exported functions with "/* PRIVATE */"":

 void /* PRIVATE */
 png_non_exported_function(png_ptr, png_info, foo)
 {
    body;
 }

5860
The prototypes for non-exported functions (except for those in
5861
pngtest) appear in pngpriv.h above the comment that says
5862

5863 5864
  /* Maintainer: Put new private prototypes here ^ */

5865 5866 5867 5868 5869
To avoid polluting the global namespace, the names of all exported
functions and variables begin with "png_", and all publicly visible C
preprocessor macros begin with "PNG".  We request that applications that
use libpng *not* begin any of their own symbols with either of these strings.

5870 5871 5872 5873 5874 5875 5876 5877 5878 5879
We put a space after the "sizeof" operator and we omit the
optional parentheses around its argument when the argument
is an expression, not a type name, and we always enclose the
sizeof operator, with its argument, in parentheses:

  (sizeof (png_uint_32))
  (sizeof array)

Prior to libpng-1.6.0 we used a "png_sizeof()" macro, formatted as
though it were a function.
5880

5881
Control keywords if, for, while, and switch are always followed by a space
5882
to distinguish them from function calls, which have no trailing space.
5883 5884

We put a space after each comma and after each semicolon
5885
in "for" statements, and we put spaces before and after each
5886 5887 5888
C binary operator and after "for" or "while", and before
"?".  We don't put a space between a typecast and the expression
being cast, nor do we put one between a function name and the
5889 5890
left parenthesis that follows it:

5891
    for (i = 2; i > 0; \-\-i)
5892
       y[i] = a(x) + (int)b;
5893

5894
We prefer #ifdef and #ifndef to #if defined() and #if !defined()
5895 5896
when there is only one macro being tested.  We always use parentheses
with "defined".
5897

5898 5899 5900 5901
We express integer constants that are used as bit masks in hex format,
with an even number of lower-case hex digits, and to make them unsigned
(e.g., 0x00U, 0xffU, 0x0100U) and long if they are greater than 0x7fff
(e.g., 0xffffUL).
5902

5903
We prefer to use underscores rather than camelCase in names, except
5904 5905
for a few type names that we inherit from zlib.h.

5906 5907
We prefer "if (something != 0)" and "if (something == 0)" over
"if (something)" and if "(!something)", respectively, and for pointers
5908
we prefer "if (some_pointer != NULL)" or "if (some_pointer == NULL)".
5909

5910 5911
We do not use the TAB character for indentation in the C sources.

5912 5913
Lines do not exceed 80 characters.

5914
Other rules can be inferred by inspecting the libpng source.
5915

5916
.SH XVI. Y2K Compliance in libpng
5917

5918 5919 5920
Since the PNG Development group is an ad-hoc body, we can't make
an official declaration.

5921
This is your unofficial assurance that libpng from version 0.71 and
5922
upward through 1.6.32beta08 are Y2K compliant.  It is my belief that earlier
5923
versions were also Y2K compliant.
5924

5925 5926 5927
Libpng only has two year fields.  One is a 2-byte unsigned integer
that will hold years up to 65535.  The other, which is deprecated,
holds the date in text format, and will hold years up to 9999.
5928 5929 5930 5931

The integer is
    "png_uint_16 year" in png_time_struct.

5932 5933 5934
The string is
    "char time_buffer[29]" in png_struct.  This is no longer used
in libpng-1.6.x and will be removed from libpng-1.7.0.
5935 5936 5937

There are seven time-related functions:

5938 5939 5940
    png_convert_to_rfc_1123_buffer() in png.c
      (formerly png_convert_to_rfc_1152() in error, and
      also formerly png_convert_to_rfc_1123())
5941 5942
    png_convert_from_struct_tm() in pngwrite.c, called
      in pngwrite.c
5943 5944 5945 5946 5947 5948
    png_convert_from_time_t() in pngwrite.c
    png_get_tIME() in pngget.c
    png_handle_tIME() in pngrutil.c, called in pngread.c
    png_set_tIME() in pngset.c
    png_write_tIME() in pngwutil.c, called in pngwrite.c

5949
All appear to handle dates properly in a Y2K environment.  The
5950 5951 5952 5953
png_convert_from_time_t() function calls gmtime() to convert from system
clock time, which returns (year - 1900), which we properly convert to
the full 4-digit year.  There is a possibility that applications using
libpng are not passing 4-digit years into the png_convert_to_rfc_1123()
5954 5955 5956 5957 5958
function, or that they are incorrectly passing only a 2-digit year
instead of "year - 1900" into the png_convert_from_struct_tm() function,
but this is not under our control.  The libpng documentation has always
stated that it works with 4-digit years, and the APIs have been
documented as such.
5959 5960 5961 5962

The tIME chunk itself is also Y2K compliant.  It uses a 2-byte unsigned
integer to hold the year, and can hold years as large as 65535.

5963 5964 5965
zlib, upon which libpng depends, is also Y2K compliant.  It contains
no date-related code.

5966 5967 5968 5969 5970

   Glenn Randers-Pehrson
   libpng maintainer
   PNG Development Group

5971 5972 5973 5974 5975 5976 5977 5978 5979 5980
.SH NOTE

Note about libpng version numbers:

Due to various miscommunications, unforeseen code incompatibilities
and occasional factors outside the authors' control, version numbering
on the library has not always been consistent and straightforward.
The following table summarizes matters since version 0.89c, which was
the first widely used release:

5981 5982 5983
 source             png.h  png.h  shared-lib
 version            string   int  version
 -------            ------  ----- ----------
5984 5985 5986 5987 5988 5989 5990 5991 5992 5993 5994 5995 5996 5997 5998 5999 6000 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6008 6009 6010 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019
 0.89c "1.0 beta 3"     0.89      89  1.0.89
 0.90  "1.0 beta 4"     0.90      90  0.90  [should have been 2.0.90]
 0.95  "1.0 beta 5"     0.95      95  0.95  [should have been 2.0.95]
 0.96  "1.0 beta 6"     0.96      96  0.96  [should have been 2.0.96]
 0.97b "1.00.97 beta 7" 1.00.97   97  1.0.1 [should have been 2.0.97]
 0.97c                  0.97      97  2.0.97
 0.98                   0.98      98  2.0.98
 0.99                   0.99      98  2.0.99
 0.99a-m                0.99      99  2.0.99
 1.00                   1.00     100  2.1.0 [100 should be 10000]
 1.0.0      (from here on, the   100  2.1.0 [100 should be 10000]
 1.0.1       png.h string is   10001  2.1.0
 1.0.1a-e    identical to the  10002  from here on, the shared library
 1.0.2       source version)   10002  is 2.V where V is the source code
 1.0.2a-b                      10003  version, except as noted.
 1.0.3                         10003
 1.0.3a-d                      10004
 1.0.4                         10004
 1.0.4a-f                      10005
 1.0.5 (+ 2 patches)           10005
 1.0.5a-d                      10006
 1.0.5e-r                      10100 (not source compatible)
 1.0.5s-v                      10006 (not binary compatible)
 1.0.6 (+ 3 patches)           10006 (still binary incompatible)
 1.0.6d-f                      10007 (still binary incompatible)
 1.0.6g                        10007
 1.0.6h                        10007  10.6h (testing xy.z so-numbering)
 1.0.6i                        10007  10.6i
 1.0.6j                        10007  2.1.0.6j (incompatible with 1.0.0)
 1.0.7beta11-14        DLLNUM  10007  2.1.0.7beta11-14 (binary compatible)
 1.0.7beta15-18           1    10007  2.1.0.7beta15-18 (binary compatible)
 1.0.7rc1-2               1    10007  2.1.0.7rc1-2 (binary compatible)
 1.0.7                    1    10007  (still compatible)
 ...
 1.0.19                  10    10019  10.so.0.19[.0]
 ...
6020
 1.2.57                  13    10257  12.so.0.56[.0]
6021
 ...
6022
 1.5.28                  15    10528  15.so.15.28[.0]
6023
 ...
6024
 1.6.32                  16    10632  16.so.16.32[.0]
6025 6026 6027 6028 6029 6030 6031

Henceforth the source version will match the shared-library minor
and patch numbers; the shared-library major version number will be
used for changes in backward compatibility, as it is intended.  The
PNG_PNGLIB_VER macro, which is not used within libpng but is available
for applications, is an unsigned integer of the form xyyzz corresponding
to the source version x.y.z (leading zeros in y and z).  Beta versions
6032 6033
were given the previous public release number plus a letter, until
version 1.0.6j; from then on they were given the upcoming public
6034
release number plus "betaNN" or "rcNN".
6035

6036
.SH "SEE ALSO"
6037
.IR libpngpf(3) ", " png(5)
6038
.LP
6039 6040
.IR libpng :
.IP
V
Viktor Szakats 已提交
6041
https://libpng.sourceforge.io/ (follow the [DOWNLOAD] link)
6042
http://www.libpng.org/pub/png
6043

6044
.LP
6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050
.IR zlib :
.IP
(generally) at the same location as
.I libpng
or at
.br
V
Viktor Szakats 已提交
6051
https://zlib.net/
6052

6053 6054
.LP
.IR PNG specification: RFC 2083
6055 6056 6057 6058 6059
.IP
(generally) at the same location as
.I libpng
or at
.br
V
Viktor Szakats 已提交
6060
https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2083.txt
6061 6062 6063
.br
or (as a W3C Recommendation) at
.br
V
Viktor Szakats 已提交
6064
https://www.w3.org/TR/REC-png.html
6065

6066
.LP
6067 6068 6069
In the case of any inconsistency between the PNG specification
and this library, the specification takes precedence.

6070
.SH AUTHORS
6071
This man page: Glenn Randers-Pehrson
6072
<glennrp at users.sourceforge.net>
6073 6074 6075 6076 6077 6078

The contributing authors would like to thank all those who helped
with testing, bug fixes, and patience.  This wouldn't have been
possible without all of you.

Thanks to Frank J. T. Wojcik for helping with the documentation.
6079

6080
Libpng version 1.6.32beta08 - August 3, 2017:
6081
Initially created in 1995 by Guy Eric Schalnat, then of Group 42, Inc.
6082
Currently maintained by Glenn Randers-Pehrson (glennrp at users.sourceforge.net).
6083

6084 6085
Supported by the PNG development group
.br
6086 6087
png-mng-implement at lists.sf.net
(subscription required; visit
6088
png-mng-implement at lists.sourceforge.net (subscription required; visit
6089 6090
https://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/png-mng-implement
to subscribe).
6091

6092
.SH NOTICES:
6093

6094
This copy of the libpng notices is provided for your convenience.  In case of
6095
any discrepancy between this copy and the notices in the file png.h that is
6096 6097 6098
included in the libpng distribution, the latter shall prevail.

COPYRIGHT NOTICE, DISCLAIMER, and LICENSE:
6099

6100 6101
If you modify libpng you may insert additional notices immediately following
this sentence.
6102

6103
This code is released under the libpng license.
6104

6105
libpng versions 1.0.7, July 1, 2000 through 1.6.32beta08, August 3, 2017 are
6106
Copyright (c) 2000-2002, 2004, 2006-2017 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, are
6107 6108 6109
derived from libpng-1.0.6, and are distributed according to the same
disclaimer and license as libpng-1.0.6 with the following individuals
added to the list of Contributing Authors:
6110 6111 6112

   Simon-Pierre Cadieux
   Eric S. Raymond
6113
   Mans Rullgard
6114
   Cosmin Truta
6115
   Gilles Vollant
6116
   James Yu
6117
   Mandar Sahastrabuddhe
6118
   Google Inc.
6119
   Vadim Barkov
6120 6121 6122

and with the following additions to the disclaimer:

6123 6124 6125 6126 6127 6128
   There is no warranty against interference with your enjoyment of the
   library or against infringement.  There is no warranty that our
   efforts or the library will fulfill any of your particular purposes
   or needs.  This library is provided with all faults, and the entire
   risk of satisfactory quality, performance, accuracy, and effort is with
   the user.
6129

6130 6131 6132 6133
Some files in the "contrib" directory and some configure-generated
files that are distributed with libpng have other copyright owners and
are released under other open source licenses.

6134
libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.0.6, March 20, 2000, are
6135 6136 6137 6138
Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, are derived from
libpng-0.96, and are distributed according to the same disclaimer and
license as libpng-0.96, with the following individuals added to the list
of Contributing Authors:
6139 6140 6141 6142 6143 6144

   Tom Lane
   Glenn Randers-Pehrson
   Willem van Schaik

libpng versions 0.89, June 1996, through 0.96, May 1997, are
6145 6146 6147 6148
Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Andreas Dilger, are derived from libpng-0.88,
and are distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as
libpng-0.88, with the following individuals added to the list of
Contributing Authors:
6149 6150 6151 6152 6153 6154

   John Bowler
   Kevin Bracey
   Sam Bushell
   Magnus Holmgren
   Greg Roelofs
6155 6156
   Tom Tanner

6157 6158 6159
Some files in the "scripts" directory have other copyright owners
but are released under this license.

6160
libpng versions 0.5, May 1995, through 0.88, January 1996, are
6161
Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.
6162 6163 6164 6165 6166 6167

For the purposes of this copyright and license, "Contributing Authors"
is defined as the following set of individuals:

   Andreas Dilger
   Dave Martindale
6168 6169 6170
   Guy Eric Schalnat
   Paul Schmidt
   Tim Wegner
6171

6172 6173
The PNG Reference Library is supplied "AS IS".  The Contributing Authors
and Group 42, Inc. disclaim all warranties, expressed or implied,
6174 6175 6176 6177 6178
including, without limitation, the warranties of merchantability and of
fitness for any purpose.  The Contributing Authors and Group 42, Inc.
assume no liability for direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary,
or consequential damages, which may result from the use of the PNG
Reference Library, even if advised of the possibility of such damage.
6179

6180 6181 6182 6183
Permission is hereby granted to use, copy, modify, and distribute this
source code, or portions hereof, for any purpose, without fee, subject
to the following restrictions:

6184
  1. The origin of this source code must not be misrepresented.
6185

6186 6187
  2. Altered versions must be plainly marked as such and must not
     be misrepresented as being the original source.
6188

6189 6190
  3. This Copyright notice may not be removed or altered from any
     source or altered source distribution.
6191 6192 6193 6194 6195 6196 6197

The Contributing Authors and Group 42, Inc. specifically permit, without
fee, and encourage the use of this source code as a component to
supporting the PNG file format in commercial products.  If you use this
source code in a product, acknowledgment is not required but would be
appreciated.

6198 6199
END OF COPYRIGHT NOTICE, DISCLAIMER, and LICENSE.

6200 6201 6202 6203 6204 6205 6206 6207 6208 6209 6210 6211 6212 6213 6214 6215 6216 6217 6218 6219 6220 6221 6222
TRADEMARK:

The name "libpng" has not been registered by the Copyright owner
as a trademark in any jurisdiction.  However, because libpng has
been distributed and maintained world-wide, continually since 1995,
the Copyright owner claims "common-law trademark protection" in any
jurisdiction where common-law trademark is recognized.

OSI CERTIFICATION:

Libpng is OSI Certified Open Source Software.  OSI Certified Open Source is
a certification mark of the Open Source Initiative. OSI has not addressed
the additional disclaimers inserted at version 1.0.7.

EXPORT CONTROL:

The Copyright owner believes that the Export Control Classification
Number (ECCN) for libpng is EAR99, which means not subject to export
controls or International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) because
it is open source, publicly available software, that does not contain
any encryption software.  See the EAR, paragraphs 734.3(b)(3) and
734.7(b).

6223 6224 6225
A "png_get_copyright" function is available, for convenient use in "about"
boxes and the like:

6226
   printf("%s", png_get_copyright(NULL));
6227 6228

Also, the PNG logo (in PNG format, of course) is supplied in the
6229
files "pngbar.png" and "pngbar.jpg (88x31) and "pngnow.png" (98x31).
6230

6231
Glenn Randers-Pehrson
6232
glennrp at users.sourceforge.net
6233
August 3, 2017
6234

6235 6236
.\" end of man page